Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20051
Module 01
UE-UTRAN Signalling Protocols
Version 0.0.1 (07/02/2005)
Author: Alexander Seifarth (a.seifarth@techcom.de)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20052
1. Network Architecture
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20053
1. Network Architecture
1.1. Top Level Network Architecture
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20054
1.1. Top Level Network Architecture
UE
UTRAN
(UMTS Terrestrial
Radio Access
Network)
UTRAN
(UMTS Terrestrial
Radio Access
Network)
CN
(Core Network)
CN
(Core Network)
Uu Iu
Access Protocols Access Protocols
Non Access Protocols
intra-UTRAN
protocols
intra-CN
protocols
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20055
1.1. Top Level Network Architecture
UMTS inherits its top level network architecture from second generation mobile communication networks. Any UMTS
network can be divided into three major network subsystems:
• UE (User Equipment): The UE is built from Mobile Equipment (ME) providing all required hard- and software to gain
access to the network and a UMTS Subscriber Identity Module (USIM). In other words the UE is a 3G enabled cell
phone.
• UTRAN (UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network): The major change of UMTS compared to second generation
systems like GSM is the radio access technology. Instead of the classical GSM BSS (Base Station Subsystem) using
TDMA/FDMA radio access there is now UTRAN utilizing CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access). UTRAN currently comes in
three different flavours – FDD mode, TDD mode and low chip rate TDD mode. (This script focuses on FDD mode).
• CN (Core Network): The core network is the same for GSM and UMTS. It is responsible to provide telecommunication
services like mobility handling, circuit switched call services, packet switched data services and messaging service. The CN
can be split into domains – the CS domain and the packet switched domain.
Several signalling protocols provide the communication facilities between these subsystems. To establish the basic
communication links (access links) between UE-UTRAN and UTRAN-CN there are access signalling protocols between
these subsystems. On the other hand for telecom services there are protocols between UE and CN for mobility
management, CS call management, PDP context management, SMS, etc. These protocols belong to the so called non-
access signalling protocols. These non-access protocols are exchanged between UE and CN directly. UTRAN must
transparently pass signalling messages from non-access signalling protocols from UE to CN and vice versa.
Obviously there are also protocols inside UTRAN and inside CN. These are labelled intra-UTRAN or intra-CN protocols
respectively.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20056
1. Network Architecture
1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20057
1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces
Node B
UE
RNC
Node B
Iub
Iub
RNC
Iur
Iub
Node B
RNS
RNS
BSC
BTS
BSS
Uu
MSC/VLR
Server#1
SGSN #1
SGSN #L
MSC/VLR
Server#N
. . .
. . .
CS
MGW #1
CS
MGW #K
Iu-CS
Iu-PS
Iu-PS
A
Gb
CS-CN
PS-CN
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20058
1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces
UTRAN is composed of two different network elements:
• RNC (Radio Network Controller): The RNC is responsible for all radio management tasks inside of UTRAN. This
includes channel allocation/modification/removal, handover procedures, security functions, etc.
• Node B: The Node B serves one or more cells. The tasks of the Node B is to terminated the physical layer (WCDMA FDD)
and convert it to the transport protocol on the Iub interface towards RNC. In other words the Node B is a relay point.
Anything above the radio physical layer must pass transparently through the Node B.
Between RNC and Node B there is the Iub interface. Its task is to transfer data (user data, signalling) between UE and
RNC. Furthermore there is an optional interface Iur between two RNC. The Iur interface is related to soft handover
procedures. This interface is similar to the Iub interface used for transparent transfer of data between UE and the so called
serving RNC.
For the connection between UTRAN and CN there is the Iu interface defined. It comes in two different versions – Iu-CS for
the connectivity between RNC and MSC (MSC server, CS Media Gateway MGW) and Iu-PS for RNC-SGSN communication.
The Iu interfaces shall transfer user data (CS speech calls, CS data calls, PDP context data), non-access signalling to and
from the UE and access signalling between RNC and MSC/SGSN.
Iu, Iub and Iur interfaces are currently based on ATM as transport layer technology, but also IP may be used. The IP based
UTRAN is already specified.
In parallel to UTRAN the classical GSM BSS may still be used together with UTRAN. Thus the core network still provides
connectivity for A and Gb interface. Note that in future releases also the GSM BSS may be based on Iu interfaces rather
than the old second generation protocols.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20059
1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces
Serving
RNC
Drift
RNC
SGSN
MSC
Server
CS-MGW
Node B Node B Node B
UE
Drift RNC
• relay between Iur
and Iub
• splitting/combining
function [optional]
• local admission
control
Serving RNC
• radio management
(handover decision,
channel de/allocation
• NAS message relay
• Iu management
• backward error
correction
• splitting/combination
function
• local and global
admission control
Iur
IubIubIub
Iu-PSIu-CS
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200510
1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces
A UE can be in one of two states:
• IDLE: A UE in IDLE mode has no connectivity to UTRAN, in other words there is no signalling relation with an RNC and of
course no radio resources are allocated for the UE.
• CONNECTED: A CONNECTED mode UE has a signalling relation with an RNC which performs all radio management tasks
for this UE. This special RNC is called the serving RNC (S-RNC) for the UE. A single UE has in CONNECTED mode exactly
one serving RNC, in IDLE mode there is no serving RNC for the UE.
During soft handover procedures it can happen, that a UE is connected with a cell that does not belong to the serving
RNC’s area. The RNC managing this cell is called a drift RNC (D-RNC). A D-RNC must have an Iur interface to the serving
RNC of the UE.
The drift RNC must not perform radio management procedures for the UE, this is task of the serving RNC. The drift RNC
provides functionality to relay data between serving RNC and UE. In other words the drift RNC is a Iub/Iur relay. In some
RNC equipment also functionality to combine and split data streams to/from a UE during soft handover can be provided.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200511
1. Network Architecture
1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols Overview
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200512
1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols
UE
Node B
RNC
RNC
MSC/VLR
Server
SGSN
Iu-CS
Iu-PS
Uu Iub
IubUu
Iur
RRCRRC
RNSAPRNSAP
RANAPRANAP
RANAPRANAP
Iu-CS
ALCAPALCAP
NBAPNBAP ALCAPALCAP
ALCAPALCAP
WCDMAWCDMA
CS-MGW
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200513
1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols
There are some main functional protocols within UTRAN that implement the UMTS specific operations. These protocols are:
• RRC (Radio Resource Control): The RRC protocol is exchanged between UE and serving RNC. It provides functions
for radio channel management, handover, security functions, measurements, etc.
• RANAP (Radio Access Network Application Part): RANAP is the main protocol on the Iu interfaces. MSC server and
SGSN use RANAP signalling messages to allocated radio access bearers and to handle relocation of the serving RNC.
• NBAP (Node B Application Part): NBAP is the control protocol on the Iub interface. It allows the RNC to command the
Node B to allocate or delete channels on the air interface, to transport Node B measurements to the RNC. Although there is
a detailed specification of NBAP, most of all available UTRAN equipment implements a propriety version of NBAP.
• RNSAP (Radio Access Network Application Part): RNSAP is used on Iur interface, thus it is an open protocol. The
RNSAP protocol extends the NBAP protocol, so that a serving RNC can allocate radio resources on cells owned by a drift
RNC. Some other functions of RNSAP concern the relocation of the serving RNC function and packet data forwarding from
old to new RNC over Iur.
The mentioned protocols RRC, NBAP, RANAP, RNSAP are UTRAN specific protocols. On Iub, Iur and Iu-CS interfaces real-
time data streams will be transported. Thus before such a real-time data stream can be transferred, an appropriate
transmission bearer must be allocated on the transport network, this requires another protocol:
• ALCAP (Access Link Control Application Part): The term ALCAP is a generic “placeholder” for a transport network
specific control protocol to allocate transport bearers for delay sensitive data. In case of ATM-AAL2 transport network the
ACLAP is the ITU-T protocol Q.2630 (AAL type 2 signalling protocol). If IP/UDP is used instead, the ALCAP is not defined,
because in IP/UDP there is no resource allocation defined.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200514
RNC
RNS
1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols
UE
MSC/VLR
Server
SGSN
MMMM CCCC SSSS SMSSMS
GMMGMM SMSM SMSSMS PS dataPS data
CS dataCS data
CS-MGW
NAS Signalling Relay
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200515
1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols
The non-access signalling protocols between UE and MSC server/SGSN are the direct transfer application part (DTAP)
protocols known from GSM/GPRS.
For the CS services there are:
• MM (Mobility Management): This protocols provides location area update, authentication, IMSI detach procedures
and some others (e.g. identity request, MM information).
• CC (Call Control): Here we find mobile originated and mobile terminated call setup, local and remote call release, as
well as call related supplementary services, mid-call modification and DTMF interaction.
• SS (Supplementary Services): This protocol allows to trigger non-call related supplementary services like USSD,
management of call forwarding and call barring, etc.
For PS core network the following protocols are used:
• GMM (GPRS Mobility Management): This protocol defines GPRS attach, GPRS detach, routing area update,
authentication, service request and some other procedures (e.g. identity request, GMM information).
• SM (Session Management): The SM protocol provides the functionality for PDP context activation, PDP context
deactivation and PDP context modification.
For PS and CS core network domain the short messaging service is possible. The protocols for SMS are identical for both
domains:
• SMS (Short Message Service): The SMS protocol suite consists of SM-CP (Short Message Control Protocol), SM-RP
(Short Message Relay Protocol), SM-TL (Short Message Transfer Layer) and SM-AL (Short Message Application Layer).
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200516
1. Network Architecture
1.4. UTRAN Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200517
1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iu-CS
Serving
RNC
MSC/VLR Server
CS-MGW
Iu-CS (control plane)
Iu-CS (user + transport network control plane)
RANAPRANAP
ALCAPALCAPSCCPSCCP
MTP3BMTP3B
SAALSAAL SAALSAAL SAALSAAL
ATMATM
AAL2AAL2AAL2AAL2. . . . . .
PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC
MMMM CCCC SSSS SMSSMS
Iu
UP
Iu
UP
Iu
UP
Iu
UP
. . .
Iu
UP
Iu
UP
Iu
UP
Iu
UP
. . .
CS call data
User PlaneTransport
Network
Control
Plane
Control Plane
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200518
1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iu-CS
On the Iu-CS interface the main functionality is to transfer CS call (speech, video, data) between RNC and CS media
gateway (CS-MGW). CS user data is carried over the Iu UP (Iu User Plane) protocol from RNC to CS-MGW and vice
versa. The Iu UP protocol supports codecs with multiple data rate modes like the AMR codec. Each application has its own
Iu UP instance which is carried as AAL2 call inside a AAL2 virtual channel.
To allocate AAL2 calls inside a AAL2 virtual channel the establishment procedure of the ALCAP protocol (Q.2630) must be
used. In the same way when the application terminates, the associated AAL2 call must be released by ALCAP’s release
procedure. Thus the ALCAP protocol is required between RNC and CS-MGW.
The UMTS specific higher layer control of radio access bearers the AAL2 call belongs to the RANAP protocol is used.
RANAP uses the SCCP (Signalling Connection Control Part) for virtual signalling connection between RNC and MSC
server to identify a single UE.
For signalling message transfer MTP3B (Message Transfer Part level 3 Broadband) is used. This is commonly known
as broadband or high speed SS7. MTP3B provides routing facilities between RNC, MSC server and CS-MGW. The
transmission is done on one or more high speed SS7 signalling links. Such high speed links are provided via SAAL
(Signalling ATM Adaptation Layer) protocol instances. Each SAAL represents one ATM virtual channels together with
retransmission functionality to increase transmission reliability.
The non-access signalling protocol for the circuit switched side (MM, CC, SS, SMS) are carried over RANAP.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200519
1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iu-PS
Serving
RNC
SGSNIu-PS (control plane, user plane)
RANAPRANAP
SCCPSCCP
MTP3BMTP3B
SAALSAAL SAALSAAL SAALSAAL
ATMATM
AAL5AAL5AAL5AAL5. . . . . .
PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC
GMMGMM SMSM SMSSMS PS call data (PDP Contexts)
User PlaneControl Plane
IPIP
UDPUDP
GTP-UGTP-U
. . .
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200520
1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iu-PS
On Iu-PS user data consists of PDP context packets. PDP context data is transferred over the GTP-U (GPRS Tunnelling
Protocol – User plane). GTP-U provides so called GTP-U tunnels which are used to identify subscriber and PDP context
and to route PDP context data correspondingly. The GTP-U protocol uses IP/UDP as transport layer. The IP layer routes
between RNC and SGSN. In an ATM environment IP is transmitted over one or more AAL5 virtual channels.
The control stack is similar to Iu-CS. The RANAP protocol is used between SGSN and RNC to allocate radio access bearer
services for PDP contexts. There is no ALCAP on Iu-PS because AAL2 is not used here.
Obviously the non-access signalling protocols on Iu-PS are different to Iu-CS. Between RNC and SGSN we can find GMM,
SM and SMS on RANAP.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200521
1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iub
RNCNode BUE Uu Iub
NBAPNBAP
ALCAPALCAP
TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
SAALSAAL
ATMATM
PVC
SAALSAAL
PVC
...
ALCAPALCAP...
SAALSAAL
PVC
SAALSAAL
PVC
...
AAL2AAL2
PVC
AAL2AAL2
PVC
...
... ...
Control Plane Transport Network
Control Plane
User Plane
Transport Channel Data
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200522
1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iub
On the Iub interface data (user data and signalling) to and from the UE must be transported transparently. This UE-RNC is
data is transferred in form of so called transport channels TrCH. Each transport channel is carried over Iub in a Frame
Protocol (FP). Each such frame protocol FP uses a single AAL2 call inside a AAL2 virtual channel as transport resource.
To allocate a AAL2 call for a frame protocol instance, again the ALCAP protocol is required. The ALCAP is carried over a
single SAAL ATM virtual channel. Dependent on the RNC/Node B vendor also one or several ALCAP instances might be
used on Iub.
The main protocol on Iub, the NBAP protocol, may also be split into several parts. Again this depends on the equipment
vendor. Thus one or more SAAL ATM virtual channels are required to transfer NBAP messages over the Iub interface.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200523
1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iur
Drift RNCNode BUE Uu Iub
RNSAPRNSAP TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
TrCH
FP
SAALSAAL
ATMATM
PVC
SAALSAAL
PVC
ALCAPALCAP
SAALSAAL
PVC
...
AAL2AAL2
PVC
AAL2AAL2
PVC
...
... ...
Control Plane Transport
Network
Control Plane
User Plane
Transport Channel Data
Serving RNCIur
SCCPSCCP
MTP3BMTP3B
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200524
1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iur
The Iur interface is comparable to Iub with two differences. First instead of NBAP the RNSAP protocol is used. The second
difference is that RNSAP and ALCAP use broadband SS7 for transfer and routing of signalling messages between serving
RNC and drift RNC.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200525
2. Radio Protocol Architecture and
Channels
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200526
2. Radio Protocol Architecture and
Channels
2.1. Radio Protocol Architecture
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200527
2.1. Radio Protocol Architecture
WCDMA Physical Layer (FDD)WCDMA Physical Layer (FDD)
#1 #2 #n
Medium Access Control (MAC)Medium Access Control (MAC)
Transport Channels (TrCH)
Physical Channels (PhCH)#1 #k
RF
#1 #x #y #z
RLCRLC RLCRLC...
RLCRLC RLCRLC...
#y2
RLCRLC
BMCBMCPDCPPDCP
#1 #x #y #z#y2
RRCRRC
...
MMMM GMMGMM SMSM CCCC SSSS SMSSMS
NAS Protocols CS
App
CS
App
PS
PDP Ctx.
PS
PDP Ctx.
CB
SMS
App
CB
SMS
App
#y1
RLCRLC
#y1
Logical Channels (LogCH)
Radio Bearer (RB)
...
...
RAB RAB
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200528
2.1. Radio Protocol Architecture
The UMTS radio protocol architecture as it is implemented in the UE has the following protocols:
• WCDMA Physical Layer: The physical layer offers bit transport services in form of so called transport channel TrCH.
To transmit TrCH data over the air the physical layer has access to physical channels PhCH. A PhCH represents the
physical resource and is identified by frequency, scrambling code and channelization code (plus some additional parameters
for certain channels).
• Medium Access Control (MAC): MAC protocol has the task to include or check UE identifiers on transport channels
that are shared between several UE (common transport channels). The transport services are offered to higher layers in
form of logical channels LogCH. Thus the MAC also has to multiplex and demultiplex logical channels onto or from
transport channels.
• Radio Link Control (RLC): To each logical channel there is one RLC instance. The RLC belongs to a single radio
bearer (RB) which represents the transmission resource for a layer 3 application (codec, RRC protocol, PDP context). The
RLC protocol offers reliability in form of sequence numbering and backward error correction. Typically one RLC belongs to
one logical channel, but for acknowledged mode one RLC instance can also utilize two logical channels.
• Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDPC): This protocol is applicable for radio bearers belonging to PDP contexts
only. The protocol performs IP header compression and optionally also IP datagram numbering.
• Broadcast Multicast Control (BMC): This protocol exists only for cell broadcast SMS radio bearer. This protocol
contains the scheduling messages and the basic CB SMS frames.
• Radio Resource Control (RRC): The main signalling protocol for radio resource management.
For a single application one or more radio bearers have to be allocated. For user applications all radio bearers of a single
application are combined in a radio access bearer (RAB).
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200529
2. Radio Protocol Architecture and
Channels
2.2. Logical Channel Types and their Usage
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200530
2.2. Logical Channel Types and their Usage
UE Identification in UTRAN
Serving
RNC
Node BUE Uu Iub
No UE IdentificationNo UE Identification
Layer 1 IdentificationLayer 1 Identification
Layer 2 IdentificationLayer 2 Identification
Layer 3 IdentificationLayer 3 Identification
Case UE Identification in RNC
Some information (System Information, CB SMS) does
not require a UE identification.
UE must have a dedicated physical resource. This
resource uniquely identifies the UE for the time the
resource is assigned to it.
UE uses common resources and identifies itself with a
special MAC header identifier (c-RNTI, u-RNTI, dsch-
RNTI) on that resource.
UE has no dedicated resource and no assigned MAC
header identifier, but uses common resources (RRC
signalling only). The RRC message must contain a UE
identifier as layer 3 parameter.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200531
2.2. Logical Channel Types and their Usage
BCCHBCCH
PCCHPCCH
CCCHCCCH
DCCHDCCH
DTCHDTCH
CTCHCTCH
Logical Channel Types
Control Channels
Traffic Channels
Broadcast Control Channel
[dl, ptm]
System Information broadcast; downlink channel;
no UE specific information
Paging Control Channel
[dl, ptm]
Point-to-multipoint paging procedure (Paging Type 1)
UE identification by RRC message itself
Common Control Channel
[ul+dl, ptp]
Point-to-point RRC signalling on common resource
when no MAC identifier available
Dedicated Control Channel
[ul+dl, ptp]
Point-to-point RRC signalling on common or dedic.
resource with MAC identifier available (on common
resource)
Dedicated Traffic Channel
[ul|dl|ul+dl, ptp]
Point-to-point data (CS data, CS speech, PS data) on
common or dedicated resource (requires MAC-ID on
common resource).
Common Traffic Channel
[dl (currently), ptm] Used for cell broadcast SMS. Thus no UE-ID.
ptm: point-to-multipoint
ptp: point-to-point
dl: downlink
ul: uplink
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200532
2.2. Logical Channel Types and their Usage
For FDD mode the following logical channel types are defined:
• BCCH (Broadcast Control Channel): The BCCH carries the cell’s system information, which are RRC messages
(System Information Blocks, Master Information Block). The BCCH is not associated with a radio bearer.
• PCCH (Paging Control Channel): The PCCH carries RRC messages ‘Paging Type 1’. This message type is used to page
a UE or to indicate system information changes. Like the BCCH there is no radio bearer associated with the PCCH.
• CCCH (Common Control Channel): The CCCH is a bi-directional RRC signalling channel where layer 3 identification is
required. The UE uses CCCH signalling at the beginning of communication when no DCCH is available. Only radio bearer RB
0 is attached to CCCH. RB 0 is configured via system information, because it works as a start up point.
• DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel): The normal bi-directional RRC signalling and also rate control signalling is
exchanged on a DCCH. Every DCCH is associated with its own radio bearer which must be configured via explicit RRC
signalling from RNC to UE. On DCCH only layer 1 or layer 2 identification is allowed.
• DTCH (Dedicated Traffic Channel): CS call data (speech, video, data) as well as PDP context data is carried over
DTCH. Like for DCCH also on DTCH layer 1 or layer 2 identification is required, layer 3 identification is not possible.
• CTCH (Common Traffic Channel): This channel type is currently used for cell broadcast SMS (CB SMS) only.
It should be obvious that any DTCH or CTCH requires an associated radio bearer. Such radio bearers are granted via RRC
procedure from the RNC to the UE.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200533
2. Radio Protocol Architecture and
Channels
2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200534
2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage
Node B
UE
UE
WCDMA FDD cell
dedicated
physical
channels
common
physical
channel
Dedicated TrCHDedicated TrCH
UE
Dedicated TrCHDedicated TrCH
Dedicated TrCHDedicated TrCH
Common TrCHCommon TrCH
Common TrCHCommon TrCH
Common TrCH
• mapped onto shared
physical resources
• multiple UE can be
assigned to same physical
resource
• requires Layer 2
identification for DCCH,
DTCH
• requires Layer 3
identification for CCCH,
PCCH [opt]
Dedicated TrCH
• mapped onto dedicated
physical resources
• only one UE can use the
physical resource
• automatically provides
Layer 1 identification for
the UE assigned to the
channel
• used with DCCH and
DTCH
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200535
2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage 1
BCHBCH
PCHPCH
RACHRACH
FACHFACH
Transport Channel Types
Common Channels
Broadcast Channel
[dl, 1/cell]
Carries BCCH.
Paging Channel
[dl, ≦16/cell] Carries PCCH.
Random Access Channel
[ul, ≦16/cell]
Can carry CCCH, DCCH and DTCH. Minimum SF is 32
and maximum transmission time is 10|20 ms.
Forward Access Channel
[dl, ≦16/cell] Can carry CCCH, DCCH, DTCH, BCCH and CTCH.
Minimum SF is 4.
dl: downlink
ul: uplink
DSCHDSCH
CPCHCPCH
HS-DSCHHS-DSCH
Downlink Shared Channel
[dl, ≦?/cell]
Common Packet Channel
[ul, ≦64/cell]
High Speed DSCH
[dl, ≦16/cell]
Carries DCCH and DTCH. A DSCH is always used
together with one or more DCH.
Carries DCCH and DTCH. Minimum SF is 4 and
maximum transmission time is 80 ms.
Carries DCCH and DTCH. Can switch between QPSK
and 16QAM on physical channel.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200536
2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage 2
DCHDCH
Transport Channel Types
Dedicated Channels
Dedicated Channel
[ul|dl]
One DCH can carry one or more DCCH or one DCH
can carry one or more DTCH.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200537
2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage
A single transport channel has a certain characteristics that describes how bits are transmitted over the air interfaces. This
concerns bit rate, delay and reliability. A special characteristics is whether the associated physical channel used for
transport channel data transmission is dedicated to a single UE or must be shared between several UE. This means that we
have two groups of transport channels – dedicated TrCH and common TrCH.
Common transport channels are created during cell setup or O&M triggered cell reconfiguration. In UMTS FDD mode we
have the following common transport channels:
• BCH (Broadcast Channel): There is exactly one BCH per cell and it is used to carry BCCH. The format of a BCH is fixed
by specification so that any UE camping on a cell can read the BCH.
• PCH (Paging Channel): A PCH carries PCCH. A cell may have up to 16 PCH by specification. A UE selects a PCH
depending on subscriber identity.
• RACH (Random Access Channel): The random access channel is used to carry CCCH, DCCH, DTCH in the uplink. In
case of CCCH any UE in the cell can freely access the RACH, for DCCH/DTCH a UE has to get permission from the RNC to
do so. Especially it is so that for DCCH/DTCH on RACH the UE needs a temporary identifier (C-RNTI) for layer 2
identification.
• FACH (Forward Access Channel): The FACH is the downlink response channel to the RACH. It is used to carry CCCH,
DCCH, DTCH, CTCH and BCCH. For DCCH/DTCH on FACH the already mentioned C-RNTI is required. Note that there is no
fixed timing relationship between transmission on RACH and reception on FACH. Rather a UE that uses RACH/FACH the
FACH must be monitored permanently.
• CPCH (Common Packet Channel): The CPCH is working like the RACH, but is used for DCCH and DTCH only.
Compared to the RACH the CPCH allows higher bit rates and longer transmission periods – thus a higher throughput can be
achieved on CPCH.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200538
2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage
• DSCH (Downlink Shared Channel): The downlink shared channel shall be used for packet data in the downlink. The
channel allows multiplexing of DCCH/DTCH of several UE using time and code multiplexing mechanisms. This shall increase
resource usage efficiency.
• HS-DSCH (High Speed Downlink Shared Channel): This channel is one of the new features in UMTS Release 5. The
HS-DSCH has the same function like the normal DSCH. DCCH/DTCH of several UE shall be multiplexed – again time and
code multiplexing is used. The special thing is, that the physical resource allocation and the multiplexing is handled at the
Node B, not at the RNC. Furthermore the associated physical channel allows switch between QPSK and 16QAM.
In contrast to this the dedicated transport channels which are assigned to a single UE will be created and deleted during
normal operation using NBAP/RNSAP- and RRC-procedures. There is only one dedicated transport channel type defined:
• DCH (Dedicated Channel): The dedicated channel carries either several (or one) DCCH or several (or one) DTCH.
Obviously several logical channels on a DCH belong to the same UE. Thus the DCH is the only case where layer 1
identification is in use. A UE can have several DCH simultaneously. A single DCH is either uplink or downlink.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200539
2. Radio Protocol Architecture and
Channels
2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200540
2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 1
P-SCHP-SCH
S-SCHS-SCH
P-CPICHP-CPICH
Physical Channel Types
Synchronisation Channels
Primary Synchr. Channel
[dl, 1/cell]
Transmits Primary Synchr. Code (PSC) to detect cell.
Secondary Synchr. Channel
[dl, 1/cell]
Transmits a Secondary Synchr. Code sequence to
identify scrambling code group and radio frame start.
Primary Common Pilot CH
[dl, 1/cell] Transmits a pre-defined symbol sequence (all –1)
with the primary dl scrambling code of the cell.
dl: downlink
ul: uplink
S-CPICHS-CPICH
P-CCPCHP-CCPCH
Secondary CPICH
[dl, 0...15/cell]
Primary Common Control
Physical Channel
[dl, 1/cell]
Transmits a pre-defined symbol sequence with one
the 15 possible secondary scrambling codes of cell.
Carries BCH with BCCH. Always scrambled by primary
dl scrambling code of the cell.
Measurement Reference Channels
System Information Broadcast
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200541
2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 2
S-CCPCHS-CCPCH
PICHPICH
PRACHPRACH
Physical Channel Types
PhCH for FACH and PCH
Secondary Common
Control Physical Channel
[dl, ≦ 16/cell]
Carries either 1) FACH only, 2) PCH only or 3) FACH
+ PCH multiplexed.
Paging Indicator Channel
[dl, ≦ 16/cell]
Contains paging indicators for discontinuous
reception (DRX) in association with a PCH.
Physical Random Access
Channel
[ul, ≦ 16/cell]
Consists of a preamble part to perform open loop
power control and a data part transferring RACH data.
dl: downlink
ul: uplink
AICHAICH
Acquisition Indicator
Channel
[dl, ≦ 16/cell]
Associated with a single PRACH. Carries the preamble
responses (acquisition indications).
PhCH for RACH
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200542
2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 3
DPCHDPCH
DPCCHDPCCH
PDSCHPDSCH
Physical Channel Types
PhCH for DCH
Dedicated Physical Channel
[dl, dynamical allocation]
Carries one or several DCH of a single UE and
physical layer information (TPC, pilot bits, TFCI).
Data rate ≦1860 kpbs (SF=4). [Physical channel bit rate]
Dedicated Physical Ctrl CH
[ul, dynamical allocation]
[ 1/UE]
Carries physical layer information from a single UE to
Node B (TPC, pilot bits, TFCI, FBI). SF=256 fix.
Physical Downlink Shared
Channel
[dl, dynamical allocation
of codes]
Carries a DSCH with DCCH/DTCH of several UE
multiplexed by time and channelization codes.
Data rate ≦ 1920 kbps (SF=4).[Physical channel bit rate]
dl: downlink
ul: uplink
DPCHDPCH
Dedicated Physical Channel
[dl, dynamical allocation]
A PSDCH must be used by together with DPCH by a
UE. The DPCH contains physical layer control bits.
PhCH for DSCH
DPDCHDPDCH
Dedicated Physical Data CH
[ul, dynamical allocation]
[≦6/UE]
Carries one or several DCH of a single UE to Node B.
Data rate ≦ 960 kpbs (SF=4). [Physical channel bit rate]
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200543
2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 4
PCPCHPCPCH
AP-AICHAP-AICH
CSICHCSICH
Physical Channel Types
PhCH for CPCH
Physical Common Packet
Channel
[ul]
Carries CPCH with DCCH/DTCH of several UE
multiplexed by time (asynchronous) and CPCH access
preambles, collision detection preambles and power
control preambles.
Data rate ≦960 kpbs (SF=4) for max. 80 ms.
Access Preamble
Acquisition Indicator CH
[dl]
Gives positive or negative acquisition indications to
CPCH access preambles for CPCH access preambles.
CPCH Status Indicator CH
[dl]
Gives status indications about availability/non-
availability of CPCH resources.
dl: downlink
ul: uplink
CD/CA-ICHCD/CA-ICH
Collision Detection/
Channel Assignment
Indicator Channel
[dl]
Gives collision indications or channel assignment
indications (code alloc.) for CPCH collision preambles.
DPCHDPCH Dedicated Physical CH
[dl]
Carries physical layer control bits (TPC) used for
closed loop power control of PCPCH.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200544
2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 5
HS-PDSCHHS-PDSCH
HS-SCCHHS-SCCH
Physical Channel Types
PhCH for HS-DSCH
High Speed Physical
Downlink Shared Channel
[dl, ≦ 15/cell]
Carries a HS-DSCH with DCCH/DTCH of several UE.
Fixed spreading factor 16. Up to 15 HS-PDSCH may
be used in parallel. Can switch between QPSK and
16QAM.
Single HS-PDSCHData rate =960 kpbs (16QAM) and
=480 kbps (QPSK).
HS-DSCH related
Shared Control Channel
[dl, ≦4 per HS-DSCH]
On this channel the physical layer assigns a UE the
HS-PDSCH for the next transmission period.
dl: downlink
ul: uplink
HS-DPCCHHS-DPCCH Dedicated Physical CH
[ul, 1 per UE on HS-DSCH]
Transmits quality indicator (C/I) and
acknowledgements for received data on HS-PDSCH
from UE to Node B.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200545
2. Radio Protocol Architecture and
Channels
2.5. Radio Bearers (RB) and Radio Access Bearers (RAB)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200546
2.5. RB and RAB - Architecture
RB 1
R
R
C
RB 2
RB 3
RB 4
R
R
C
A
M
R
RB 5
RB 6
RB 7
RB 8
Rate
control
Iu UP
UE Serving
RNC
RAB subflow 1
RAB subflow 2
RAB subflow 3
MSC
Server
CS-MGW
Iu UP
AMR
A
B
C
A B C
SGSN
PDP
Ctx.
1
RB 9
PDP
Context 1
RAB (CS)
RAB (PS)
RAB (PS)
PDP
Ctx.
2
PDP
Context 2
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200547
2.5. RB and RAB - Architecture
Transmission resources for telecommunication services in UMTS are handled on several levels – each network subsystem is
responsible for its own resources. This allows to handle transmission resources on different time scales.
As shown in the section about the radio protocol architecture within UTRAN each application uses one or more so called
Radio Bearers (RB). Radio bearers are used for signalling (RRC protocol messages, rate control signalling) as well as for
user data applications (CS calls, PDP contexts). But user data applications have to be terminated by the core network.
Thus for each active application the core network establishes one so called Radio Access Bearer (RAB). A RAB can be
considered as a virtual transmission resource between UE and CN.
Depending on the application a single RAB can utilize one or more radio bearers. For PDP contexts it is even possible to
have a RAB without radio bearer. Note that a PDP context can be active with and also without radio access bearer. The
SGSN removes or reallocates the RAB by timer supervision. Whereas the radio bearers are removed and reallocated by the
RNC also by timer supervision.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200548
2.5. RB and RAB – RRC Radio Bearer Usage
RRCRRC
MACMAC
PHYPHY
MMMM GMMGMM SMSM CCCC SSSS SMSSMS
NAS Protocols
high priority
signalling transfer
low priority
signalling transfer
RB 0
RLC
(UL:TM; DL:UM)
CCCH
RB 1
RLC
(UL/DL:UM)
DCCH 1
RB 2
RLC
(UL/DL:AM)
DCCH 2
RB 3
RLC
(UL/DL:AM)
DCCH 3
RB 4
RLC
(UL/DL:AM)
DCCH 4
UL-TrCHDL-TrCH
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200549
2.5. RB and RAB – RRC Radio Bearer Usage
The RRC protocol has to use radio bearers for the transmission of its signalling messages.
The very first radio bearer RB 0 is special, because it is configured via system information (BCCH) and acts as a start up
item for signalling. RB 0 is always mapped to CCCH and is thus found on RACH and FACH.
For normal signalling (DCCH) there are RB 1, RB 2, RB 3 and RB 4. RB 1 and RB 2 are used for radio management
procedures only, whereas RB 3 and RB 4 are to be used for non-access signalling (CN procedures). The difference between
RB 1 and RB 2 is the mode of the associated RLC protocol instance. RB 1 is always running with unacknowledged mode, RB
2 always uses acknowledged mode.
RB 3 and RB 4 have to use acknowledged mode, their difference is the priority. RB 3 is for high priority CN signalling (MM,
GMM, SM, CC, SS). In contrast to that RB 4 is for low priority signalling (SMS).
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200550
2. Radio Protocol Architecture and
Channels
2.6. Channel Configuration Scenario
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200551
DL
2.6. Channel Configuration Scenario
RB 1
UM
DCCH 1
RB 2
AM
DCCH 2
RB 3
AM
DCCH 3
RB 4
AM
DCCH 4
RB 5
TM
DTCH 1
RB 6
TM
DTCH 2
RB 7
TM
DTCH 3
RB 8
TM
DCCH 5
RB 9
UM|AM
DTCH 5
PDCP
RLC
RRCRRC
MM, GMM, CC, SS, SM, SMSMM, GMM, CC, SS, SM, SMS
AMR codecAMR codec PDP Ctx.PDP Ctx.
MAC
DCH #31
DCH
#0
DCH
#1
DCH
#2
DCH
#3
DCH
#4
A B C frame
header
PHY
UE with one variable rate AMR CS call, 1 PDP context (active data transfer)
DPCH DPCCH DPDCH UL
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200552
2.6. Channel Configuration Scenario
The scenario shown here presents the configuration of a UE in UTRA connected mode with two services running:
• one AMR speech call with variable bit rate,
• one PDP context with active data transfer.
The UE uses several radio bearers RB1, …, RB4 for RRC signalling. Obviously these radio bearers are DCCH. For the AMR
codec also four radio bearers are required. RB 5, …, RB 7 carry the encoded speech data in form of the codec’s A, B and C
bits. Every 20 ms the codec produces one set of A, B and C bits. Together with the codec frame header which are mapped
to RB 8 they form the AMR codec frame. The frame header is essential for rate control of AMR codecs. For the PDP context
there is at most one radio bearer RB 9 required. RB 5, 6, 7 and 9 are mapped to DTCH, whereas the radio bearer RB 8 for
the AMR codec frame header is DCCH.
All RRC signalling radio bearers RB 1, …, RB 4 are multiplexed onto the same DCH (UL-DCH + DL-DCH). RB 5, 6, 7 and 8
belong to the codec but require different reliability settings. Thus they are mapped each to their own DCH (UL/DL). The
same is true for the PDP context’s radio bearer RB 9, it also gets its own DCH.
On the physical layer all DCH can be multiplexed to a single DPDCH in the uplink and a DPCH in the downlink. If the data
rate exceeds the capacity of single DPDCH or DPCH, several physical channels might be used in parallel.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20051
Module 02
Radio Layer 2 Protocols MAC, RLC,
PDCP
Version 0.0.1 (10/02/2005)
Author: Alexander Seifarth (a.seifarth@techcom.de)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20052
1. Transport Channel Configuration
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20053
1. Transport Channel Configuration
1.1. Transport Formats (TF) and Transport Format Sets
(TFS)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20054
1.1. TF and TFS – Transport Blocks and Format
MACMAC PHYPHY
TrCH x
Transport Block TB #0
Transport Block TB #1
Transport Block TB #N-1
. . .
Transport Block Set TBS
Transport Block
Set TBS
Transport Block
Set TBS
Transport Block
Set TBS
time
Transmit Time
Interval TTI
Transmit Time
Interval TTI
Transport Format (TF)
channel coding algorithm
CRC size
rate matching attribute
TTI
TB size (no. of bits)
TBS size (no. of TB in TBS)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20055
1.1. TF and TFS – Transport Format Sets
channel coding algorithm
CRC size
rate matching attribute
TTI TFI 0
TB size #0
TBS size #0
TFI 1
TB size #1
TBS size #1
TFI K-1
TB size #K-1
TBS size #K-1
. . .
Transport Format Set (TFS)
| 1.1.1.1.9 ul-AddReconfTransChInfoList |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1 uL-AddReconfTransChInformation |
|-----0-- |1.1.1.1.9.1.1 ul-TransportChannelType |dch |
|***b5*** |1.1.1.1.9.1.2 transportChannelIdentity |32 |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3 transportFormatSet |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1 dedicatedTransChTFS |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1 tti |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1 tti40 |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1 dedicatedDynamicTF-Info |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.1 rlc-Size |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.1.1 octetModeType1 |
|***b5*** |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.1.1.1 sizeType1 |16 |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.2 numberOfTbSizeList |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.2.1 numberOfTransportBlocks |
| |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.2.1.1 zero |0 |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.3 logicalChannelList |
| |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.3.1 allSizes |0 |
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20056
1.1. TF and TFS – Transport Format Sets
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2 dedicatedDynamicTF-Info |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.1 rlc-Size |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.1 octetModeType1 |
|10000--- |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.1.1 sizeType1 |16 |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.2 numberOfTbSizeList |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.1 numberOfTransportBlocks |
| |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.1.1 one |0 |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.3 logicalChannelList |
| |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.1 allSizes |0 |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2 semistaticTF-Information |
| 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2.1 channelCodingType |
|1------- |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2.1.1 convolutional |third |
|***b8*** |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2.2 rateMatchingAttribute |185 |
|-011---- |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2.3 crc-Size |crc16 |
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20057
1.1. TF and TFS – Transport Format Sets
Each transport channel has to be configured with a set of transport characteristics that control the data transmission within
the channel.
Data transmission within a transport channel is organized in so called transport blocks (TB). A single transport block TB
contains data from one logical channel. Zero, one or more of these transport blocks (also from different logical channels)
are assembled in a single transport block set (TBS). One TBS has to be transmitted every transmission time interval
(TTI), which can be 10 ms, 20 ms, 40 ms or 80 ms.
The configuration of a single transport channel has to configure the TTI, TB size (bits or octets) and TBS size (in number of
transport blocks). Every transport block TB gets in the physical layer its own cyclic redundancy check (CRC). The size of the
CRC (CRC Size) which can be 0 bits, 8 bits, 12 bits, 16 bits or 24 bits, is a transport channel configuration parameter too.
The transport blocks together with their CRC are channel coded with either a ½ convolutional coding, 1/3 convolutional
coding or a 1/3 turbo coding. The type of channel coding is also part of the TrCH configuration parameter.
A problem of code division multiple access using OVSF channelization code tree is that the number of bits after channel
coding must be adapted to the physical layer frame size. This task is performed by the rate matching function. When too
many bits are coming from the channel encoder a puncturing algorithm will be used to reduce the number of bits, when
too less bits are available some bits will be repeated. The rate matching algorithm is configured with a single rate
matching attribute.
These parameters: TB size, TBS size, TTI, CRC size, Channel Coding and Rate Matching Attribute form a so called
transport format (TF). A single TBS is transmitted with exactly one TF. Several transport formats TF can be configured
in parallel for a single transport channel. All TF of a TrCH are called transport format set (TFS). The physical layer’s
architecture requires that all TF of a TFS have the same settings for TTI, CRC size, Channel Coding and Rate Matching
Attribute.
Whenever a new TrCH shall be created it is the RNC that allocates a TFS for it. The TFS is sent to Node B via NBAP
signalling. The UE gets the TFS either via System Information (BCCH) or via explicit RRC signalling on a CCCH or DCCH.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20058
1. Transport Channel Configuration
1.2. Transport Format Combinations TFC
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20059
TFS (TrCH 1)
1.2. Transport Format Combinations TFC
MACMAC
PHYPHY
TrCH 1 TrCH 2
TFI 0
TFI 1
TFI 2
TFI 0
TFI 1
TFS (TrCH 2)
0 kbps
8 kbps
0 kbps
16 kbps
32 kbps
TrCH 1 TrCH 2TFCI Total TrCH Bit Rate
TFI 0 TFI 1
TFI 0 TFI 2
TFI 0TFI 0
TFI 1 TFI 0
TFI 1 TFI 2
TFI 1TFI 1
0
1
2
3
blocked
blocked
16 kbps
32 kbps
0 kbps
8 kbps
40 kbps
24 kbps
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200510
1.2. Transport Format Combinations TFC
A UE can use several transport channels simultaneously. Each transport channel has its own set of transport formats
assigned. This means at every time instant every transport channel transmits a TBS using a certain transport format.
A set of one transport format for every configured transport channel is a transport format configuration (TFC). Which
transport format combinations TFC are permitted is indicated by the RNC to the UE. One major function that uses TFC
restrictions is the admission control, because in the end effect each TFC is associated with a certain required transmission
power.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200511
2. Medium Access Control MAC
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200512
2. Medium Access Control MAC
2.1. MAC Entities
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200513
2.1. MAC Entities
MAC-b
NBAP
MAC-c/sh
MAC-d
MAC-b
MAC-c/sh
MAC-d
NBAP
MAC-d
MAC-hs MAC-hsHS-DSCH
DCH
RACH, FACH,
DSCH, CPCH,PCH
BCH
UE RNCNode B
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200514
2.1. MAC Entities
The MAC protocol is split into several entities:
• MAC-b: This entity is responsible for broadcasting the system information downlink. The system information is
assembled by the RNC at sent via NBAP messages to the Node B. From here the MAC-b sends this information periodically
in the cell.
• MAC-c/sh: MAC-c/sh has to manage all common transport and shared logical channels. For DCCH/DTCH on common
transport channels this includes identification of the UE with help of special UE identifiers contained in the MAC header.
• MAC-d: For DCH as well as DCCH/DTCH the MAC-d entities are responsible.
MAC-b and MAC-c/sh are created once per cell, whereas MAC-d is available inside the UE and the serving RNC for each UE.
For high speed downlink packet access a new MAC entity is introduced:
• MAC-hs: This entity manages the high speed downlink shared channel HS-DSCH. It is implemented in the Node B and
gets its data input from MAC-d (serving RNC) directly or indirectly via MAC-c/sh (drift RNC). MAC-hs is especially
responsible to perform the scheduling of downlink packet data.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200515
2. Medium Access Control MAC
2.2. MAC – PDU, LogCH Identification, UE Identification
on Layer 2
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200516
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
MAC-dMAC-d
DCH #N
PHYPHY
DCH case:
DxCH
#0
DxCH
#1
DxCH
#K-1
. . .
TB #0 (MAC-PDU #0)
TB #1 (MAC-PDU #1)
TB #L-1 (MAC-PDU #L-1)
. . .
Transport Block Set TBS
MAC
Header
MAC-SDU = LogCH Data
(RLC PDU)
MAC - PDU
DxCH – number (if K>1)
x = T(raffic) | C(ontrol)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200517
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
MAC-c/shMAC-c/sh
RACH |
FACH |
DSCH |
CPCH
PHYPHY
Common TrCH (RACH, FACH, DSCH, CPCH) case:
CCCH BCCH|
CTCH
DxCH
#K-1
. . .
TB #0 (MAC-PDU #0)
TB #1 (MAC-PDU #1)
TB #L-1 (MAC-PDU #L-1)
. . .
Transport Block Set TBS
MAC
Header
MAC-SDU = LogCH Data
(RLC PDU)
MAC - PDU
DxCH – number (if K>1)
x = T(raffic) | C(ontrol)
DxCH
#0
UE-identifier (for DxCH only)
LogCH Type
from MAC-d
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200518
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
Common TrCH (HS-DSCH) case:
MAC-dMAC-d
HS-DSCH
PHYPHY
DxCH
#0
DxCH
#1
DxCH
#K-1
. . .
MAC-hsMAC-hs
MAC-d Flow
DxCH – number (if K>1)
LogCH Type
MAC
Header
MAC-SDU = LogCH Data
(RLC PDU)
MAC-d - PDU
MAC-d
PDU #0
MAC-d
PDU #M-1
. . .MAC-hs
Header
MAC-hs PDU
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200519
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
Two major functions are provided by MAC protocol:
• explicit UE identification on common transport channels,
• multiplexing of logical channels onto/from transport channels.
On a DCH the MAC frame provides in its header the DCCH or DTCH logical channel number if more than one logical
channel is multiplexed onto the DCH.
On common transport channels like RACH, FACH, DSCH, FACH or CPCH the MAC header indicates the type of logical
channel that the transport block carries, the UE identity if the logical channel is DCCH or DTCH and if more than one logical
channel of the same UE and of the same type is contained the logical channel number.
For high speed downlink packet access a single UE can get one or more so called MAC-d flows on Iub interface. Each MAC-
d flow corresponds to a so called re-ordering queue. The MAC-d PDU indicates to which logical channel (DTCH) the data
belongs to. On the air interface the MAC-hs entity assembles several MAC-d PDU of the same user and bundles them in a
MAC-hs PDU. In the MAC-hs PDU the re-ordering queue identity and a sequence number (for retransmission purposes) is
contained. Furthermore size indicators for the contained MAC-d PDU are implemented into the MAC-hs PDU.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200520
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
• MAC-PDU (non HS-DSCH)
TCTF
UE-ID
Type
UE-ID C/T
MAC Header
RLC PDU (LogCH Data)
• MAC-d PDU (for HS-DSCH)
C/T
MAC Header
RLC PDU (LogCH Data)
MAC SDU
MAC SDU
• MAC PDU (HS-DSCH)
MAC-hs Header
MAC Header MAC-hs SDUs
MAC-d PDU
#0
MAC-d PDU
#1
MAC-d PDU
#N-1
. . .
Version
Flag
Queue
ID
Seq.No.
TSN
Size Index
Id. #0
No. MAC-d
PDUs #0
Flag #0
Size Index
Id. #Y
No. MAC-d
PDUs #Y
Flag #Y. . .
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200521
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
UE
U-RNTI (32 bit)U-RNTI (32 bit)
MAC header UE identifier
C-RNTI (16 bit)C-RNTI (16 bit)
DSCH-RNTI (16 bit)DSCH-RNTI (16 bit)
RNC
MAC PDU
-- (no MAC UE ID)-- (no MAC UE ID) • UE uses CCCH/PCCH/BCCH/CTCH or
DCH/HS-DSCH
• UE uses DCCH/DTCH on RACH/FACH in a
new cell
• UE uses DCCH/DTCH on RACH/FACH/
CPCH (not after cell change)
• UE uses DCCH/DTCH on DSCH
= S-RNC-ID + S-RNTI
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200522
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
• TCTF (Target Channel Type Field): Indicates logical channel type that is carried in the MAC header.
• UE-ID/UE-ID type: Identifies a UE on common transport channels for DCCH or DTCH. The UE-ID can be u-rnti (umts –
radio network temporary identifier), c-rnti (cell-rnti) or dsch-rnti. These identifiers must be allocated for a UE via RRC
signalling before their use.
• C/T (Channel of Type): If several logical channels of the same type are multiplexed onto the same transport channel,
this field is used to distinguish and therefore demultiplex them.
The following information elements are used in HS-DSCH frames only:
• Version Flag: Currently always set to zero. May be used to allow MAC-hs extensions in future.
• Queue ID: Indicates which re-ordering queue inside the UE the data belongs to. This enables independent buffer
management for data of different applications.
• TSN (Transmission Sequence Number): Sequence number for re-ordering purposes in case of disordering or re-
transmission.
• SID (Size Index Identifier): Identifies the size of a number of consecutive MAC-d PDU (see next field). The SID is
dynamically configured via higher layer signalling and is independent for each re-ordering queue.
• Number of MAC-d PDU: Indicates the number of consecutive MAC-d PDU with the same SID.
• Flag: If 0 then another SID fields follows, if 1 then the MAC-d PDU part starts after the flag.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200523
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
| 2.2 FP: Transport Block |
|0011---- |2.2.1 MAC: C/T Field |Logical Channel 4 |
| |2.2.2 MAC: Target Channel Type |DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel) |
| |2.2.3 MAC: RLC Mode |Acknowledge Mode |
|----0--- |2.2.4 RLC: Data/Control |Control PDU |
|-----000 |2.2.5 RLC: PDU Type |STATUS |
| |2.2.6 RLC: Acknowledgement Super Field |
|0010---- |2.2.6.1 RLC: SUFI Type |Acknowledgement |
|**b12*** |2.2.6.2 RLC: Last Sequence Number |2 |
| |2.2.7 RLC: Padding |
|**b124** |2.2.7.1 RLC: Padding |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B |
| | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B |
| | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B |
| | |'0000000000000000000000000'B |
• Example: MAC-PDU (Transport Block) DCCH on DCH
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200524
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
| 2 FP: Transport Block |
|01------ | 2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |DTCH/DCCH (Dedicated Traffic/Cont... |
|--01---- | 2.2 MAC: UE-ID Type |C-RNTI (Cell Radio Network Tempor... |
|**b16*** | 2.3 MAC: UE-ID |0 |
|----0010 | 2.4 MAC: C/T Field |Logical Channel 3 |
| | 2.5 MAC: RLC Mode |Acknowledge Mode |
|1------- | 2.6 RLC: Data/Control |Acknowledged mode data PDU |
|**b12*** | 2.7 RLC: Sequence Number |1 |
|-----1-- | 2.8 RLC: Polling Bit |Request a status report |
|------01 | 2.9 RLC: Header extension type |Octet contains LI and E bit |
|0001010- | 2.10 RLC: Length Indicator |10 |
|-------1 | 2.11 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit |
|1111111- | 2.12 RLC: Length Indicator |Rest is padding |
|-------0 | 2.13 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data |
|**B10*** | 2.14 RLC: Last Data Segment |94 02 08 00 18 00 11 88 10 00 |
|***B4*** | 2.15 RLC: Padding |00 00 00 00 |
• Example: MAC-PDU (Transport Block) DCCH on FACH
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200525
2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification
The two examples show a trace made on Iub interface. They contain MAC PDU on non-high speed channels.
The first example shows a transport block on DCH. There is no UE-ID because a DCH is already identifying a UE uniquely.
Also there is no TCTF, because on a DCH there can be either DCCH or DTCH but not mixed.
The second example shows a transport block on FACH. The TCTF indicates that DCCH is transported, thus a UE-ID is
required to assign the dedicated data to a UE. In this case the c-rnti is used.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200526
2. Medium Access Control MAC
2.3. RACH Access Control
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200527
2.3. RACH Access Control – Basic Procedure 1(3)
UE RNCNode B
Uu Iub
MAC PHY PHY MAC
Acess.Request[PHY]
R=random (0≤R<1)
IF (R ≤ P)
TRUE
Wait 10 ms
FALSE
START P = Persistence Value (SIB 7)
M = Preamble Cycle Counter (UE counter)
AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH
AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH
AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH
. . .
1st
Preamble Cycle
Case: No acquisition indication
1) maximum no. of preambles
2) maximum power on PRACH
NoAck.Indication[PHY]
M= 1
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200528
2.3. RACH Access Control – Basic Procedure 2(3)
UE RNCNode B
Uu Iub
MAC PHY PHY MAC
Acess.Request[PHY] AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH
AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH
AI = -1PHY:AICH
2nd
Preamble Cycle
Case: Negative acquisition indication
NAck.Indication[PHY]
R=random (0≤R<1)
IF (R ≤ P)
TRUE
Wait 10 ms
FALSE
M:=M+1
Wait 10 ms
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200529
2.3. RACH Access Control – Basic Procedure 3(3)
UE RNCNode B
Uu Iub
MAC PHY PHY MAC
Acess.Request[PHY]
AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH
AI = +1PHY:AICH
3rd
Preamble Cycle
Case: Positive acquisition indication
Ack.Indication[PHY]
R=random (0≤R<1)
IF (R ≤ P)
TRUE
Wait 10 ms
FALSE
M:=M+1
NBO1=random
{0 ≤ NBO1min
≤ NBO1
≤ NBO1max
}
Wait TBO1 (= NBO1 x 10 ms)
Wait 10 ms
NBO1min
= minimum value for backoff timer 1 (SIB)
NBO1max
= maximum value for backoff timer 1 (SIB)
Data.Request[PHY] RACH DataPHY:PRACH RACH DATARACH-FP
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200530
2.3. RACH Access Control – Basic Procedure
The MAC layer is in control of the PRACH preamble cycles. This means the MAC layer has to trigger PRACH preamble cycles
and to handle negative outcomes of this procedure.
Whenever a data transmission on RACH shall be done the MAC layer will first of all generate a random number R and
compare it against a so called persistence value P. The persistence value P is coming from system information SIB 7, a
block generated by the Node B itself. If the number R is bigger than P (R>P) then the MAC layer will wait 10 ms and
generate a new random number. If R is less or equal to P then the physical layer can start a random number. By
decreasing P the Node B can reduce the number of UE that will simultaneously access the RACH.
When a preamble cycle ends without an indication from the Node B, then the MAC layer will wait another 10 ms and restart
the preamble cycle (of course with random number and persistence check first) again.
When a preamble cycle ends with a negative indication from the Node B, then again the MAC layer has to wait 10 ms. But
afterwards the backoff 1 timer (T_BO1) is started with a time N_BO1 x 10 ms. N_BO1 is a random number that lies within
the range N_BO1min and N_BO1max. These limits are BCCH parameters. When T_BO1 has its time out, then another
preamble cycle including persistence check is done.
Both negative cases (no indication, negative indication) will be aborted when the maximum number of preambles (BCCH
parameter) is exceeded.
In case the preamble cycle is positive, then the RACH data will be transmitted.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200531
3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200532
3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol
3.1. RLC Modes of Operation
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200533
3.1. RLC Modes of Operation
Transparent Mode
TM
Transparent Mode
TM
Unacknowledged Mode
UM
Unacknowledged Mode
UM
Acknowledged Mode
AM
Acknowledged Mode
AM
RLC ModesRLC Modes
• no sequence number
check
• no acknowledgements
• no retransmission
• segmentation/reassembly
may be used or not used
• no RLC overhead
• sequence number check
• no acknowledgements
• no retransmission
• segmentation/reassembly
is done in RLC
• sequence number and
length indicators included in
RLC frame
• sequence number check
• acknowledgements
• retransmission
• segmentation/reassembly
is done in RLC
• sequence number and
length indicators included in
RLC frame + RLC control
messages required
MAC Header
RLC SDU
(Data)
cipher
unit
MAC Header
RLC SDU
(Data)
cipher
unit
RLC Seq. No.
Length Indicators
MAC Header
RLC SDU
(Data or Ctrl)
cipher
unit
RLC Seq. No.
Length Indicators
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200534
3.1. RLC Modes of Operation
The RLC protocol is used to enhance the reliability of a single radio bearer. Thus there is one instance of RLC protocol per
radio bearer available. Each RLC instance can be set in one of three modes independent of each other:
• Transparent Mode (TM): In transparent mode there is no additional reliability provided by the RLC protocol instance.
Only segmentation and reassembly functions might be used. There is no RLC overhead included in this mode. Ciphering is
done over the whole RLC SDU.
• Unacknowledged Mode (UM): In unacknowledged mode there is at least a sequence number check provided by RLC.
This is used to ensure correct reassembly. Thus there are sequence numbers and length indicators for reassembly control n
the RLC frame. Ciphering is done over the whole RLC PDU except the sequence number.
• Acknowledged Mode (AM): In acknowledged mode the RLC protocol instance provides acknowledgements and
retransmission functionality. The RLC PDU contains now sequence number, length indicators for reassembly control and
RLC status messages for retransmission control. Ciphering is done over the whole RLC PDU except the sequence number.
Which mode is used is configured by the RNC during radio bearer setup procedure. Thus the UE is told via RRC signalling
which RLC mode to use on a radio bearer.
It is possible to combine TM and UM on the same radio bearer. This can be done by assigning uplink and downlink different
modes. It is not possible to combine AM with another mode, because for acknowledgements always uplink and downlink
direction must be used simultaneously in AM.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200535
3.1. RLC Modes of Operation
PCCH
BCCH
CCCH-UL
DCCH
DTCH
CTCH
TM
TM
TM
CCCH-DL UM
TM UM AM
TM UM AM
UM
RLC ModesLogCH Type
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200536
3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol
3.2. Segmentation/Reassembly Function
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200537
3.2. Segmentation/Reassembly Function
MACMAC
RLCRLC
Layer 3 (RRC, applic.)Layer 3 (RRC, applic.)
PHYPHY
RLC SDU #0 RLC SDU #1
#0.0 #0.1 #1.0 #1.1 padding
RLC
header
RLC
header
RLC
header
RLC PDU #0 RLC PDU #1 RLC PDU #2
MAC
header #0.0
RLC
header
Transport Block Set
MAC
header #0.1
RLC
header #1.0
MAC
header #1.1
RLC
header padding
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200538
3.2. Segmentation/Reassembly Function
Next to the enhanced reliability functions provided by RLC there is another task done by this protocol – segmentation and
reassembly. The RLC protocol instances have to segment higher layer data so that a transport block of an appropriate size
corresponding to the available transport formats can be formatted.
The RLC protocol can perform segmentation together with concatenation (several RLC SDU or segments of an RLC SDU in
one RLC PDU) and padding. The RLC protocol has been designed for maximum resource efficiency.
In unacknowledged and acknowledged mode the RLC protocol includes length indicators in its PDU to indicate the end of
an higher layer frame (RLC SDU). Sometimes the length indicators can also carry special control meaning.
In transparent mode such length indicators are not used. Rather the RLC protocol reassembles everything that comes in
the same transport blocks. This might not be exactly the inverse of the segmentation process in transparent mode.
Therefore segmentation and reassembly is usually switched off when transparent mode is used. The higher layers have
then to send frame of correct size to match the transport block sizes.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200539
3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol
3.3. RLC Transparent Mode Procedures
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200540
3.3. RLC Transparent Mode Procedures
UE RNC
TMD PDURLC
RLC SDU segments
TMD PDURLC
RLC SDU segments
.
.
.
IF all segments of a SDU
received
reassembly
TMD PDURLC
RLC SDU segments
TMD PDURLC
RLC SDU segments
.
.
.
IF all segments of a SDU
received
reassembly
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200541
3.3. RLC Transparent Mode Procedures
| 2 FP: Transport Block |
|00------ |2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) |
| |2.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Transparent Mode |
|**b166** |2.3 RLC: Whole Data |'001000010000011101000000001000011'B |
| | |'010000000100110001000000001000000'B |
| | |'111110100110110000000000000000000'B |
| | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B |
| | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B |
| | |'0'B |
segmented
SDU data
RLC Transparent Mode DATA
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200542
3.3. RLC Transparent Mode Procedures
In transparent mode there is only the data transfer procedure defined. It is implemented via the TMD PDU (Transparent
Mode Data). The TMD PDU contains nothing else data from higher layers, no RLC control information is to be found.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200543
3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol
3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200544
3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures
UE RNC
UMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 2, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
UMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 8, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
.
.
.
IF all segments of a SDU
received
reassembly
UMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 43, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
UMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 47, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
.
.
.
IF all segments of a SDU
received
reassembly
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200545
3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures
| 2 FP: Transport Block |
|01000000 |2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) |
| |2.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode |
|0101010- |2.3 RLC: Sequence Number |42 |
|-------1 |2.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit |
|1111100- |2.5 RLC: Length Indicator |Start with new SDU |
|-------0 |2.6 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data |
|**B18*** |2.7 RLC: First Data Segment |30 f7 36 c0 00 04 24 c4 02 00 18... |
| 3 FP: Transport Block |
|01000000 |3.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) |
| |3.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode |
|0101011- |3.3 RLC: Sequence Number |43 |
|-------0 |3.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data |
|**B19*** |3.5 RLC: Data Segment |49 d3 e2 84 f8 ea 30 00 14 61 67... |
| 2 FP: Transport Block |
|01000000 |2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) |
| |2.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode |
|0101100- |2.3 RLC: Sequence Number |44 |
|-------0 |2.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data |
|**B19*** |2.5 RLC: Data Segment |92 13 e5 a9 40 00 52 8a 13 a7 cd... |
| 3 FP: Transport Block |
|01000000 |3.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) |
| |3.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode |
|0101101- |3.3 RLC: Sequence Number |45 |
|-------0 |3.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data |
|**B19*** |3.5 RLC: Data Segment |d3 e8 84 fa 6a 90 00 15 08 00 06... |
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200546
3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures
| 2 FP: Transport Block |
|01000000 |2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) |
| |2.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode |
|0101110- |2.3 RLC: Sequence Number |46 |
|-------0 |2.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data |
|**B19*** |2.5 RLC: Data Segment |04 80 11 dc 32 00 01 04 13 f7 eb... |
| 3 FP: Transport Block |
|01000000 |3.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) |
| |3.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode |
|0101111- |3.3 RLC: Sequence Number |47 |
|-------1 |3.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit |
|0001110- |3.5 RLC: Length Indicator |14 |
|-------1 |3.6 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit |
|1111111- |3.7 RLC: Length Indicator |Rest is padding |
|-------0 |3.8 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data |
|**B14*** |3.9 RLC: Last Data Segment |ba dd fc 80 64 53 ca 08 00 40 8c... |
|***B3*** |3.10 RLC: Padding |00 00 00 |
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200547
3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures
Sequence Number E
• UMD PDU (7-bit Length Indicators)
LI0 E
LIN-1
E=0
. . .
segmented
RLC SDU
padding
Sequence Number E
• UMD PDU (15-bit Length Indicators)
LI0 (low part) E
LIN-1
E=0
. . .
segmented
RLC SDU
padding
LI0 (high part)
LIN-1 (high part)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200548
3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures
In unacknowledged mode there is also only one frame defined, the UMD PDU (Unacknowledged Mode Data PDU). It
is used to carry RLC SDU or segments of RLC SDU between UE and RNC.
To enable faithful segmentation and reassembly, length indicators are used to point to the end of the last segment of a
RLC SDU. This means a length indicator is to be found whenever a UMD PDU contains the last (or the only one) segment of
a RLC SDU. In some situations special length indicators will be included that have control meaning (e.g. reset of
reassembly etc.).
Length indicators can be either 7 bit long or 15 bit long. It depends on the largest UMD PDU (transport block size – MAC
header size) in the associated transport channel. If the maximum UMD PDU size is less or equal 125 bytes, then 7 bit
length indicators shall be used, otherwise 15 bit length indicators have to be included in the UMD PDU.
For detection of lost RLC PDU there is a 7 bit long sequence number included in every UMD PDU. If an UMD PDU is lost,
then all RLC SDU with segments in this UMD PDU are discarded by the receiver.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200549
3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200550
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
UE RNC
RESET PDURLC
Reset Sequence Number, Hyper Frame Number uplink (HFNI)
RESET ACK PDURLC
Reset
Reset Sequence Number, Hyper Frame Number downlink (HFNI)
RESET PDURLC
Reset Sequence Number, Hyper Frame Number downlink (HFNI)
RESET ACK PDURLC
Reset Sequence Number, Hyper Frame Number uplink (HFNI)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200551
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
UE RNC
AMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 12, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
AMD PDURLC
.
.
.
Data Transfer with Solitary STATUS PDU
Sequence No. = 18, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
STATUS PDURLC
Acknowledgement super fields (SUFI): ACK, BITMAP, LIST, RLIST
AMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 12, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
AMD PDURLC
.
.
.
Sequence No. = 18, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
STATUS PDURLC
Acknowledgement super fields (SUFI): ACK, BITMAP, LIST, RLIST
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200552
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
UE RNC
AMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 12, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
AMD PDURLC
.
.
.
Data Transfer with Piggybacked STATUS PDU
Sequence No. = 18, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
AMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 34, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU Segments,
Piggybacked STATUS PDU = {Acknowledgement super fields (SUFI): ACK, BITMAP, LIST, RLIST}
AMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 12, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
AMD PDURLC
.
.
.
Sequence No. = 28, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments
AMD PDURLC
Sequence No. = 39, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU Segments,
Piggybacked STATUS PDU = {Acknowledgement super fields (SUFI): ACK, BITMAP, LIST, RLIST}
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200553
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
Move Receiving Window ProcedureUE RNC
STATUS PDURLC
Move Receiving Window (MRW) super field: SN1,...SNK
STATUS PDURLC
Move Receiving Window Ack (MRWACK) super field
STATUS PDURLC
Move Receiving Window (MRW) super field: SN1,...SNK
STATUS PDURLC
Move Receiving Window Ack (MRWACK) super field
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200554
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
Windowsize ConfigurationUE RNC
STATUS PDURLC
Window (WINDOW) super field: window size
STATUS PDURLC
Window (WINDOW) super field: window size
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200555
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
In acknowledged mode there some more procedures defined. In detail we have
• Reset: The Reset procedure is used to recover after errors in acknowledged mode. A new HFNI (Hyper Frame Number
Indicator) for ciphering can be allocated at Reset procedure. The RESET PDU and RESET ACK PDU are defined for this
procedure.
• Data Transfer with solitary STATUS PDU: For data transfer the AMD (Acknowledged Mode Data) PDU is defined. It
carries a 12 bit long sequence number. A single AMD or a series of AMD PDU can be acknowledged by a stand-alone
acknowledgement in form of a STATUS PDU.
• Data Transfer with piggybacked STATUS PDU: Very often AMD PDU are exchanged in both directions. In this case it
is possible to include STATUS PDU in AMD PDU for acknowledgements. This simply is more efficient with respect to
bandwidth usage.
• Move Receiving Window: In some situations an AMD PDU is transmitted and retransmitted correctly. This situation
can be determined by thresholds (maximum number of retransmissions) or timers (maximum time for data transmission).
Either an error is the result or both sides agree to skip the problematic AMD PDU. For skipping (discarding) the Move
Receiving Window procedure is used. In a STATUS PDU the command to move the receiving window with the sequence
numbers of the AMD PDU to be discarded are indicated. An acknowledgement completes the procedure.
• Window Size: The RLC protocol uses acknowledgements that acknowledges several AMD PDU with one message. The
maximum number of AMD PDU that can be sent without acknowledgement is indicated in the window size procedure. A
STATUS PDU contains a window size field in which the limit is indicated.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200556
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
| 2.2 FP: Transport Block |
|0010---- |2.2.1 MAC: C/T Field |Logical Channel 3 |
| |2.2.2 MAC: Target Channel Type |DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel) |
| |2.2.3 MAC: RLC Mode |Acknowledge Mode |
|----1--- |2.2.4 RLC: Data/Control |Acknowledged mode data PDU |
|**b12*** |2.2.5 RLC: Sequence Number |2 |
|-1------ |2.2.6 RLC: Polling Bit |Request a status report |
|--01---- |2.2.7 RLC: Header extension type |Octet contains LI and E bit |
|***b7*** |2.2.8 RLC: Length Indicator |9 |
|---1---- |2.2.9 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit |
|***b7*** |2.2.10 RLC: Length Indicator |Rest is padding |
|---0---- |2.2.11 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data |
|**b72*** |2.2.12 RLC: Last Data Segment |df d9 4c ed 0d 21 31 f1 10 |
|**b40*** |2.2.13 RLC: Padding |00 00 00 00 00 |
| 2.2 FP: Transport Block |
|0010---- |2.2.1 MAC: C/T Field |Logical Channel 3 |
| |2.2.2 MAC: Target Channel Type |DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel) |
| |2.2.3 MAC: RLC Mode |Acknowledge Mode |
|----0--- |2.2.4 RLC: Data/Control |Control PDU |
|-----000 |2.2.5 RLC: PDU Type |STATUS |
| |2.2.6 RLC: Acknowledgement Super Field |
|0010---- |2.2.6.1 RLC: SUFI Type |Acknowledgement |
|**b12*** |2.2.6.2 RLC: Last Sequence Number |3 |
| |2.2.7 RLC: Padding |
|**b124** |2.2.7.1 RLC: Padding |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B |
| | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B |
| | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B |
| | |'0000000000000000000000000'B |
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200557
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
Sequence Number (high part)
D/C
(1)
• AMD PDU (7-bit Length Indicators)
LI0 E
LIN-1
E=0
. . .
segmented
RLC SDU
Padding| piggybacked STATUS PDU
• AMD PDU (15-bit Length Indicators)
LI0 (low part) E
LIN-1
E=0
. . .
segmented
RLC SDU
padding
LI0 (high part)
LIN-1 (high part)
HEPSeq.Number (low part)
Sequence Number (high part)
D/C
(1)
HEPSeq.Number (low part)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200558
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
D/C
(0)
• RESET/RESET ACK PDU
HFNI
HFNI
padding
padding
PDU TYPE
0 0 1 / 0 1 0
RSN reserved
HFNI
D/C
(0)
• STATUS PDU
PDU TYPE
0 0 0 SUFI #1
SUFI #1
. . .
SUFI #N
padding
Note: In case of a piggybacked STATUS PDU
the D/C bit is reserved.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200559
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
Super Fields (SUFI)
0 0 0 0
NO_MORE
0 0 1 0
ACK
LSN high
LSN low
0 0 0 1
WINDOW
WSN high
WSN low
0 0 1 1
LIST
LENGTH
SN1 high
SN1 low L1
. . .
SNLENGTH high
SNLENGTH low LLENGTH
0 1 0 0
BITMAP
LENGTH
FSN high
FSN low BITMAP
. . .
BITMAP Padding
0 1 0 1
RLIST
LENGTH
FSN high
FSN low CW1
. . .
CWLENGTH
padding
0 1 1 0
MRW
LENGTH
SN1 high
SN1 low
. . .
SNLENGTH high
SNLENGTH low NLENGTH
SN2 high
SN2 high
0 1 1 1
MRW_ACK
SNACK low
NLENGTH
SNACK high
Padding
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200560
3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
AMD PDU have a similar format like UMD PDU. The sequence of length indicators is used to control reassembly. Each
length indicator points to the end of the last segment of a RLC SDU. Furthermore some special length indicator values are
reserved (e.g. whether a STATUS PDU is carried within the AMD PDU or not, etc.). Again there are 7 bit long length
indicators and 15 bit long length indicators. If the maximum AMD PDU size is less or equal to 126 octets then 7 bit long
length indicators shall be used, otherwise 15 bit length indicators are chosen.
The sequence number of AMD PDU is 12 bit long to enable bigger window size for acknowledgements. The poll bit P is
used to request immediate acknowledgement for a AMD PDU.
STATUS PDU contain one or more so called super fields SUFI. Each SUFI carries special acknowledged mode control
meaning for acknowledgements, window size negotiation, moving receiving window. The following SUFI types are known:
• No More: Indicates end of the STATUS PDU.
• ACK: A simple acknowledgement. Indicates the next expected AMD PDU sequence number (LSN: last sequence number).
• LIST: Indicates gaps of the reception of AMD PDU. Each gap is indicated by its start sequence number (SN: start
number) and its length (L:length). Up to 15 gaps can be indicated in a single LIST super field.
• BITMAP: Indicates positive or negative acknowledgement for a series of consecutive AMD PDU with a bitmap. The first
bit of the bitmap stands for AMD PDU with sequence number FSN (FSN: first sequence number). The second bit of the
bitmap is for FSN+1, and so on. When the bit is ‘0’ the associated AMD PDU is negatively acknowledged.
• MRW/MRW_ACK: Used to move the receiving window. Inside the MRW field each AMD PDU to be discarded is
indicated by its sequence number SN.
• RLIST: A relative list used to indicate gaps in the reception. The method to specify the gap is different to LIST super
field. In a RLIST special code words CW are used to calculate gap start and length.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20051
Module 03
Radio Resource Control Signalling
(RRC)
Version 0.0.1 (21/03/2005)
Author: Alexander Seifarth (a.seifarth@techcom.de)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20052
1. System Information
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20053
1. System Information
1.1. System Information Blocks and Segmentation
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20054
1.1. System Information Blocks and Segments
UE RNC
SystemInformation (SI)[BCH:BCCH] RRC
SFNPrime (INTEGER 0…4094 step 2), Segment Combination = CHOICE {
Combination 1: no data |
Combination 2: first segment |
Combination 3: subsequence segment |
Combination 4: last segment |
Combination 5: last segment, first segment |
Combination 6: last segment, complete list = {complete block#0, …, complete block#N} |
Combination 7: last segment, complete list = {complete block#0, …, complete block#N}, first segment |
Combination 8: complete list = {complete block#0, …, complete block#N} |
Combination 9: complete list = {complete block#0, …, complete block#N}, first segment |
Combination10: complete SIB of size 215…226 |
Combination11: last segment of size 215…226 }
first
segment
subsequent
segment
subsequent
segment
last
segment
System Information Block (SIB): . . .
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20055
1.1. System Information Blocks and Segments
Signalling on the BCCH is done by means of the RRC System Information. On the BCH that carries the BCCH there is only
RLC transparent mode used. Thus the RRC protocol must provide its own sequence numbering and segmentation
functionality.
For segmentation of System Information Blocks (SIB) the RRC protocol defines the System Information (SI) message.
In each SI message one or more segments of a SIB or several SIB can be contained. Several combinations allow to
indicate first, last and subsequent segments, or to bundle several complete blocks in one SI message.
Additionally to the SIB segments the SI message also indicates the cell time via the System Frame Number (0..4095).
The SFN is translated into the SFN prime via th following rule. In each frame with even SFN (SFN mod 2 = 0) it holds
SFN prime = SFN. In radio frames with odd SFN (SFN mod 2 = 1) we have SFN prime = SFN-1. In other words the SFN
prime is increased with every second radio frame by 2.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20056
1. System Information
1.2. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20057
1.1. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks
UE RNC
MasterInformationBlock (MIB)[BCH:BCCH] RRC
MIB value tag, supported PLMN types = GSM-MAP|ANSI-41|GSM-MAP+ANSI-41,
PLMN identity = MCC + MNC, ANSI-41-CN information,
references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling }
MasterInformationBlock (MIB)[BCH:BCCH] RRC
80 ms
MIB value tag, supported PLMN types = GSM-MAP|ANSI-41|GSM-MAP+ANSI-41,
PLMN identity = MCC + MNC, ANSI-41-CN information,
references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling }
MasterInformationBlock (MIB)[BCH:BCCH] RRC
80 ms
MIB value tag, supported PLMN types = GSM-MAP|ANSI-41|GSM-MAP+ANSI-41,
PLMN identity = MCC + MNC, ANSI-41-CN information,
references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling }
Master Information Block (MIB)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20058
1.1. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks
UE RNC
SchedulingInformationBlock1/2[BCH:BCCH] RRC
references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling }
[BCH:BCCH] RRC
repetition
rate given
in MIB
references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling }
[BCH:BCCH] RRC
Scheduling Information Block (SchIB1/2)
SchedulingInformationBlock1/2
repetition
rate given
in MIB
references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling }
SchedulingInformationBlock1/2
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 20059
1.1. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks
| |masterInfoBlock (= masterInfoBlock) |
| |sib_description |
| |1 sib_choice |
| |1.1 masterInfoBlock |
|-001---- |1.1.1 mib-ValueTag |2 |
| |1.1.2 plmn-Type |
| |1.1.2.1 gsm-MAP |
| |1.1.2.1.1 plmn-Identity |
| |1.1.2.1.1.1 mcc |
|***b4*** |1.1.2.1.1.1.1 digit |2 |
|--0110-- |1.1.2.1.1.1.2 digit |6 |
|***b4*** |1.1.2.1.1.1.3 digit |2 |
| |1.1.2.1.1.2 mnc |
|---0000- |1.1.2.1.1.2.1 digit |0 |
|***b4*** |1.1.2.1.1.2.2 digit |9 |
| |1.1.3 sibSb-ReferenceList |
| |1.1.3.1 schedulingInformationSIBSb |
| |1.1.3.1.1 sibSb-Type |
|***b8*** |1.1.3.1.1.1 sysInfoType1 |44 |
| |1.1.3.1.2 scheduling |
| |1.1.3.1.2.1 scheduling |
| |1.1.3.1.2.1.1 segCount |1 |
| |1.1.3.1.2.1.2 sib-Pos |
|***b6*** |1.1.3.1.2.1.2.1 rep128 |6 |
| |1.1.3.2 schedulingInformationSIBSb |
| |1.1.3.2.1 sibSb-Type |
|------01 |1.1.3.2.1.1 sysInfoType2 |2 |
...
Master Information Block MIB
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200510
1.1. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks
The individual system information blocks in the RRC protocol divide the information into groups. Two blocks have special
meaning: the master information block and the scheduling information blocks.
In the master information block MIB the PLMN type (GSM-MAP or ANSI-41) is indicated. For GSM-MAP the PLMN identity
(MCC + MNC) is broadcasted also in the MIB. Then for every further system information block the MIB indicates
scheduling information and a value tag (except SIB 7). The value tag indicates changes of the associated SIB by
incremented value.
The master information block always starts at radio frames with SFN mod 8 = 0.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200511
1. System Information
1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200512
1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB)
UE RNC
SIBx[BCH:BCCH] RRC
SIBx data
[BCH:BCCH] RRC
repetition
rate given
in MIB
SIBx data
[BCH:BCCH] RRC
SIBx
repetition
rate given
in MIB
SIBx data
SIBx
General System Information Transmission
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200513
1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB)
UE RNC
SIB1[BCH:BCCH] RRC
CN common GSM-MAP NAS info = LAC, CS domain system info = {periodic LAU timer T3212, ATT flag},
PS domain system info = {RAC, Network Mode of Operation NMO},
UE timers and constants in idle mode, UE timers and constants in connected mode
SIB2[BCH:BCCH] RRC
URA-ID list = URA#1,.., URA#<maxURA>
SIB3[BCH:BCCH] RRC
SIB4 indicator = true|false, cell identity, cell selection and re-selection info, cell access restriction
SIB4[BCH:BCCH] RRC
cell identity, cell selection and re-selection info, cell access restriction
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200514
1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB)
UE RNC
SIB5[BCH:BCCH] RRC
SIB6 indicator = true|false, PICH power offset, AICH power offset, secondary CCPCH system info,
primary CCPCH info = Tx diversity indicator, PRACH system information list, CBS DRX level 1 information
SIB6[BCH:BCCH] RRC
PICH power offset, AICH power offset, secondary CCPCH system info, CBS DRX level 1 information,
primary CCPCH info = Tx diversity indicator, PRACH system information list
SIB7[BCH:BCCH] RRC
UL interference, dynamic persistence level for PRACH in SIB5/6, expiration time factor
SIB8[BCH:BCCH] RRC
CPCH parameters (UE access parameters), CSICH power offset, CPCH set info (code and resource info)
SIB9[BCH:BCCH] RRC
CPCH persistence levels
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200515
1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB)
UE RNC
SIB10[BCH:BCCH] RRC
DRAC (dynamic resource allocation) system information
SIB11[BCH:BCCH] RRC
SIB12 indicator = true|false,
FACH measurement occasion info = {measurement cycle length info, IF/IRAT measurement indicators}
measurement control system information = {HCS indicator, cell selection/re-selection quantity,
neighbour cell list SF/IF/IRAT, traffic volume measurements}
SIB12[BCH:BCCH] RRC
FACH measurement occasion info = {measurement cycle length info, IF/IRAT measurement indicators}
measurement control system information = {HCS indicator, cell selection/re-selection quantity,
neighbour cell list SF/IF/IRAT, traffic volume measurements}
SIB13|SIB13.1|SIB13.2|SIB13.3|SIB13.4[BCH:BCCH] RRC
ANSI-41 CN information
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200516
1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB)
UE RNC
SIB14[BCH:BCCH] RRC
3.84 Mcps TDD mode system information
SIB15|SIB15.1|SIB15.2|SIB15.3|SIB15.4|SIB15.5[BCH:BCCH] RRC
system information for UE positioning
SIB16[BCH:BCCH] RRC
pre-defined RB/TrCH/PhCH configuration for inter-system handover to UTRAN
SIB17[BCH:BCCH] RRC
3.84 Mcps TDD|1.28 Mcps TDD mode system information
SIB18[BCH:BCCH] RRC
PLMN identities for neighbour cells for idle|connected mode UE
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200517
1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB)
| |sibType1 (= sibType1) |
| |sib_description |
| |1 sib_choice |
| |1.1 sibType1 |
|**b16*** |1.1.1 cn-CommonGSM-MAP-NAS-SysInfo |00 18 |
| |1.1.2 cn-DomainSysInfoList |
| |1.1.2.1 cN-DomainSysInfo |
|0------- |1.1.2.1.1 cn-DomainIdentity |cs-domain |
| |1.1.2.1.2 cn-Type |
|**b16*** |1.1.2.1.2.1 gsm-MAP |01 01 |
|-----01- |1.1.2.1.3 cn-DRX-CycleLengthCoeff |7 |
| |1.1.2.2 cN-DomainSysInfo |
|-------1 |1.1.2.2.1 cn-DomainIdentity |ps-domain |
| |1.1.2.2.2 cn-Type |
|**b16*** |1.1.2.2.2.1 gsm-MAP |08 01 |
|----01-- |1.1.2.2.3 cn-DRX-CycleLengthCoeff |7 |
| |1.1.3 ue-ConnTimersAndConstants |
|----1010 |1.1.3.1 t-301 |ms2000 |
|010----- |1.1.3.2 n-301 |2 |
|---1100- |1.1.3.3 t-302 |ms4000 |
...
|--001--- |1.1.3.22 t-317 |s10 |
| |1.1.4 ue-IdleTimersAndConstants |
|***b4*** |1.1.4.1 t-300 |ms1000 |
|-011---- |1.1.4.2 n-300 |3 |
|----1010 |1.1.4.3 t-312 |10 |
|000----- |1.1.4.4 n-312 |s1 |
System Information Block SIB1
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200518
2. RRC Connection Handling
2.1. RRC States
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200519
2.1. RRC States
CELL_DCHCELL_DCH CELL_FACHCELL_FACH
URA_PCHURA_PCH CELL_PCHCELL_PCH
UTRA IDLEUTRA IDLE
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200520
2.1. RRC States
To manage radio resources of a UE in UMTS a state system with respect to the RRC protocol is introduced. In general a
UE has two main states – UTRA Idle and UTRA Connected. The difference between idle and connected is that in
connected mode there is a serving RNC for the UE, whereas in idle mode there is no serving RNC. Note that a connected
mode UE can have radio resources allocated or not. In idle mode a UE cannot have radio resources.
To make a more detailed specification of a connected mode UE there are four sub-states defined for connected mode:
• CELL_DCH: In this state the UE uses DCH for signalling and might use additional DCH or DSCH for applications. The
UE is subject to soft and hard handover procedures in this state.
• CELL_FACH: In this state the UE listens to FACH for RRC signalling and uses RACH on the uplink side. Also CPCH
might be in use. Mobility is handled in this state via cell reselection, handover procedures like in CELL_DCH state are not
used.
• CELL_PCH: Here the UE has currently no radio resources allocated. Thus the UE waits for incoming paging messages
on the PCH. The UE executes cell reselection, the RNC knows the current serving cell of the UE.
• URA_PCH: This state is similar to CELL_PCH, only this time the RNC knows the current URA (UTRAN Registration
Area) of the UE and not the cell.
In CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH and URA_PCH the UE performs automatic cell reselection. Thus the RNC has to be updated
whenever the area of interest (cell for CELL_FACH and CELL_PCH, URA for URA_PCH) changes.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200521
2.1. RRC States – Cell Reselection in CELL_FACH
UE RNC
TMD Cell Update[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, STARTCS, STARTPS, cell update cause = cell re-selection , measured results on RACH, …
CELL_FACH
automatic
cell reselection
UMD Cell Update Confirm[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator = state_X,
CN info, RB to reconfigure or delete, TrCH-UL to add/reconfigure/delete, TrCH-DL to add/reconfigure/
delete, uplink/downlink physical resources
State_X
. . .
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200522
2.1. RRC States – Cell Reselection in CELL_PCH
UE RNC
TMD Cell Update[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, STARTCS, STARTPS, cell update cause = cell re-selection , measured results on RACH, …
CELL_PCH
automatic
cell reselection
UMD Cell Update Confirm[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator = state_X,
CN info, RB to reconfigure or delete, TrCH-UL to add/reconfigure/delete, TrCH-DL to add/reconfigure/
delete, uplink/downlink physical resources
State_X
. . .
CELL_FACH
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200523
2.1. RRC States –URA Reselection in URA_PCH
UE RNC
TMD URA Update[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, STARTCS, STARTPS, URA update cause = URA re-selection
URA_PCH
automatic
cell reselection
UMD URA Update Confirm[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator = state_X,
CN info, RB to reconfigure or delete, TrCH-UL to add/reconfigure/delete, TrCH-DL to add/reconfigure/
delete, uplink/downlink physical resources
State_X
. . .
CELL_FACH
(new cell is not part of old URA) false
URA_PCH
true
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200524
2.1. Mobility Handling in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH
and URA_PCH
When a UE reselects a cell in CELL_FACH state, it has to perform a CELL UPDATE procedure afterwards in the new cell.
The CELL UPDATE message contains the current UE identifier (U-RNTI), so that the RNC can identify the UE. The
message is sent on RACH via CCCH. Thus the associated response CELL UPDATE CONFIRM is returned to the UE on the
FACH, also CCCH. In this message the UE is assigned a new state or again CELL_FACH.
A similar procedure is done when a UE reselects a cell in CELL_PCH state. The only difference to the update procedure in
CELL_FACH is, that after the cell reselection the UE enters automatically CELL_FACH state and then sends CELL UPDATE
to the RNC. With the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM the UE is sent to a new state or back to CELL_PCH.
In case the UE reselects a cell in URA_PCH state then another procedure is done. First of all the UE checks whether the
new cell still belongs to the old URA. If this is true no update procedure will be performed. Otherwise the UE enters
CELL_FACH state and sends URA UPDATE on RACH. The response CELL UPDATE CONFIRM on the FACH contains again
a new state for the UE. If this state is set to URA_PCH, then the UE goes back to URA_PCH state and enters the master
URA (URA #0 in SIB2) of the new cell.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200525
2. RRC Connection Handling
2.2. RRC Connection Establishment
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200526
2.2. RRC Connection Estab. - CELL_FACH
UE RNC
TMD RRC Connection Request[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
pre-defined configuration status indicator = true|false, Initial UE ID, establishment cause,
measured result on RACH
UTRA IDLE
NAS Trigger
UMD RRC Connection Setup[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
Initial UE ID, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, RRC state indicator = CELL_FACH, capability update
requirement, signalling radio bearer to setup, TrCH to add/reconfigure
CELL_FACH
UTRA IDLE CELL_FACH
• TMSI + LAI
• PTMSI + RAI
• IMSI
• IMEI
• orig./term. conversational call
• orig./term. streaming call
• orig./term. interactive call
• orig./term. background call
• originating subscribed traffic call
• emergency call
• inter-RAT cell re-selection
• inter-RAT cell change order
• registration
• detach
• orig./term. high/low priority signalling
• call re-establishment
• terminating – cause unknown
AMD RRC Connection Setup Complete[RACH:DCCH] RLC/RRC
STARTCS, STARTPS, UE radio access capability, inter-RAT UE radio access capability
STATUS[RACH:DCCH] RLC/-
Acknowledgement
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200527
2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH
+--------+--------------------+------------+------------+------------+-------------------------------------+
|No |Long Time |2. Prot |2. MSG |3. Prot |3. MSG |
+--------+--------------------+------------+------------+------------+-------------------------------------+
|68 |17:25:34,045,725 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA RACH| | |
|69 |17:25:34,045,725 |RLC reasm. |TM DATA RACH|RRC_CCCH_UL |rrcConnectionRequest |
|70 |17:25:34,130,812 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA FACH| | |
|71 |17:25:34,140,807 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA FACH| | |
|72 |17:25:34,150,775 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA FACH| | |
|73 |17:25:34,150,775 |RLC reasm. |UM DATA FACH|RRC_CCCH_DL |rrcConnectionSetup |
|74 |17:25:34,414,754 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA RACH| | |
|75 |17:25:34,513,729 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA RACH| | |
|76 |17:25:34,513,729 |RLC reasm. |AM DATA RACH|RRC_DCCH_UL |rrcConnectionSetupComplete |
RRC Connection Establishment CELL_FACH (short trace)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200528
2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH
|TS 25.331 CCCH-UL (2002-09) (RRC_CCCH_UL) rrcConnectionRequest (= rrcConnectionRequest) |
| |uL-CCCH-Message |
| |1 message |
| |1.1 rrcConnectionRequest |
| |1.1.1 initialUE-Identity |
| |1.1.1.1 tmsi-and-LAI |
|***B4*** |1.1.1.1.1 tmsi |'00000111010000000010000110011110'B |
| |1.1.1.1.2 lai |
| |1.1.1.1.2.1 plmn-Identity |
| |1.1.1.1.2.1.1 mcc |
|0010---- |1.1.1.1.2.1.1.1 digit |2 |
|----0110 |1.1.1.1.2.1.1.2 digit |6 |
|0010---- |1.1.1.1.2.1.1.3 digit |2 |
| |1.1.1.1.2.1.2 mnc |
|***b4*** |1.1.1.1.2.1.2.1 digit |0 |
|-0010--- |1.1.1.1.2.1.2.2 digit |2 |
|**b16*** |1.1.1.1.2.2 lac |'0000011111010010'B |
|***b5*** |1.1.2 establishmentCause |registration |
|--0----- |1.1.3 protocolErrorIndicator |noError |
RRC Connection Request
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200529
2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH
|TS 25.331 CCCH-DL (2002-09) (RRC_CCCH_DL) rrcConnectionSetup (= rrcConnectionSetup) |
| |dL-CCCH-Message |
| |1 message |
| |1.1 rrcConnectionSetup |
| |1.1.1 r3 |
| |1.1.1.1 rrcConnectionSetup-r3 |
| |1.1.1.1.1 initialUE-Identity |
| |1.1.1.1.1.1 tmsi-and-LAI |
|**b32*** |1.1.1.1.1.1.1 tmsi |'00000111010000000010000110011110'B |
| |1.1.1.1.1.1.2 lai |
| |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1 plmn-Identity |
| |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.1 mcc |
|---0010- |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.1.1 digit |2 |
|***b4*** |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.1.2 digit |6 |
|---0010- |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.1.3 digit |2 |
| |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.2 mnc |
|0000---- |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.2.1 digit |0 |
|----0010 |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.2.2 digit |2 |
|***B2*** |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.2 lac |'0000011111010010'B |
|00------ |1.1.1.1.2 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |0 |
| |1.1.1.1.3 new-U-RNTI |
|**b12*** |1.1.1.1.3.1 srnc-Identity |'010111110000'B |
|**b20*** |1.1.1.1.3.2 s-RNTI |'00001011101011110111'B |
|**b16*** |1.1.1.1.4 new-c-RNTI |'0000000000000000'B |
|--01---- |1.1.1.1.5 rrc-StateIndicator |cell-FACH |
|----000- |1.1.1.1.6 utran-DRX-CycleLengthCoeff |3 |
RRC Connection Setup 1( )
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200530
2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH
| |1.1.1.1.7 capabilityUpdateRequirement |
|1------- |1.1.1.1.7.1 ue-RadioCapabilityFDDUpdateRequ.. |1 |
|-0------ |1.1.1.1.7.2 ue-RadioCapabilityTDDUpdateRequ.. |0 |
| |1.1.1.1.7.3 systemSpecificCapUpdateReqList |
| |1.1.1.1.7.3.1 systemSpecificCapUpdateReq |gsm |
| |1.1.1.1.8 srb-InformationSetupList |
| |1.1.1.1.8.1 sRB-InformationSetup |
|00000--- |1.1.1.1.8.1.1 rb-Identity |1 |
...
| |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2 rB-MappingOption |
...
| |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.1.1.1 ul-TransportChannelType |
| |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.1.1.1.1 rach |0 |
|***b4*** |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.1.1.2 logicalChannelIdentity |2 |
...
| |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.2.1.1 dl-TransportChannelType |
| |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.2.1.1.1 fach |0 |
|***b4*** |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.2.1.2 logicalChannelIdentity |2 |
RRC Connection Setup 2( )
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200531
2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH
RRC Connection Setup 3( )
...
| |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2 rB-MappingOption |
| |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.1.1.1 ul-TransportChannelType |
| |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.1.1.1.1 rach |0 |
|***b4*** |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.1.1.2 logicalChannelIdentity |3 |
...
| |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.2.1.1 dl-TransportChannelType |
| |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.2.1.1.1 fach |0 |
|----0010 |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.2.1.2 logicalChannelIdentity |3 |
| |1.1.1.1.8.3 sRB-InformationSetup |
|-00010-- |1.1.1.1.8.3.1 rb-Identity |3 |
| |1.1.1.1.8.3.2 rlc-InfoChoice |
|***b5*** |1.1.1.1.8.3.2.1 same-as-RB |2
...
| |1.1.1.1.8.4 sRB-InformationSetup |
|--00011- |1.1.1.1.8.4.1 rb-Identity |4 |
| |1.1.1.1.8.4.2 rlc-InfoChoice |
|00001--- |1.1.1.1.8.4.2.1 same-as-RB |2 |
...
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200532
2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH
|TS 25.331 DCCH-UL (2002-09) (RRC_DCCH_UL) rrcConnectionSetupComplete (= rrcConnectionSetupComplete) |
| |uL-DCCH-Message |
| |1 message |
| |1.1 rrcConnectionSetupComplete |
|-00----- |1.1.1 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |0 |
| |1.1.2 startList |
| |1.1.2.1 sTARTSingle |
|-----0-- |1.1.2.1.1 cn-DomainIdentity |cs-domain |
|**b20*** |1.1.2.1.2 start-Value |'00000000000000000100'B |
| |1.1.2.2 sTARTSingle |
|--1----- |1.1.2.2.1 cn-DomainIdentity |ps-domain |
|**b20*** |1.1.2.2.2 start-Value |'00000000000000001010'B |
| |1.1.3 ue-RadioAccessCapability |
| |1.1.3.1 accessStratumReleaseIndicator |r99 |
| |1.1.3.2 pdcp-Capability |
|0------- |1.1.3.2.1 losslessSRNS-RelocationSupport |0 |
| |1.1.3.2.2 supportForRfc2507 |
| |1.1.3.2.2.1 notSupported |0 |
| |1.1.3.3 rlc-Capability |
|--010--- |1.1.3.3.1 totalRLC-AM-BufferSize |kb50 |
|-----0-- |1.1.3.3.2 maximumRLC-WindowSize |mws2047 |
|***b3*** |1.1.3.3.3 maximumAM-EntityNumber |am6 |
| |1.1.3.4 transportChannelCapability |
| |1.1.3.4.1 dl-TransChCapability |
|-0101--- |1.1.3.4.1.1 maxNoBitsReceived |b6400 |
|***b4*** |1.1.3.4.1.2 maxConvCodeBitsReceived |b640 |
...
RRC Connection Setup Complete
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200533
2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH
When a UE wants to leave idle mode and enter connected mode it has to start the RRC Connection Establishment
procedure. During this procedure the UE is sent either to CELL_FACH state or CELL_DCH state. The decision which
of the two states is chosen is done by the RNC.
The first flow shows the transition to state CELL_FACH. The procedure is done in the following way:
1. The UE sends RRC CONNECTION REQUEST on the RACH (CCCH) to the RNC. Inside the message the UE indicates
its identity in the parameter ‚Initial UE ID‘. Furthermore a cause for the request is indicated via the ‚Establishment
Cause‘ information element.
2. When the RNC has made the decision about the state (here CELL_FACH) then it sends RRC CONNECTION SETUP
to the UE on FACH (CCCH). As reference to the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST the ‚Initial UE ID‘ is repeated in this
message. The ‚RRC State Indicator‘ tells the UE to enter CELL_FACH state. To use DCCH/DTCH on RACH and
FACH the UE needs a c-rnti, which is also indicated in this message. As sign for the connected mode the UE also
gets a u-rnti.
3. To confirm the connected mode the UE returns now RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE. This message is sent
on RACH because the UE is in state CELL_FACH now. The logical channel is DCCH, thus the MAC header for the
transport blocks of this message contains the c-rnti for identification of the UE.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200534
2.2. RRC Connection Establishment
UE RNC
TMD RRC Connection Request[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
pre-defined configuration status indicator = true|false, Initial UE ID, establishment cause,
measured result on RACH
UTRA IDLE
NAS Trigger
UMD RRC Connection Setup[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
Initial UE ID, new U-RNTI, RRC state indicator = CELL_DCH, capability update requirement,
signalling radio bearer to setup, TrCH to add/reconfigure (signalling DCH), uplink and downlink
physical resources
CELL_DCH
UTRA IDLE CELL_DCH
AMD RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCH:DCCH] RLC/RRC
STARTCS, STARTPS, UE radio access capability, inter-RAT UE radio access capability
STATUS[DCH:DCCH] RLC/-
Acknowledgement
DPCH and DPDCH/DPCCH
synchronisation
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200535
2.2. RRC Connection Establishment
When the UE enters CELL_DCH instead of CELL_FACH the basic flow of messages is the same. The first difference is to
be seen in the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. The ‚RRC State Indicator‘ is now set to CELL_DCH and thus there is
no c-rnti to be allocated for the UE. Rather the physical layer will identify the UE in CELL_DCH state, the MAC layer will
not perform layer 2 identification.
Of course the RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message will now be sent on DCH (DCCH) instead of RACH.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200536
2. RRC Connection Handling
2.3. RRC Connection Release
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200537
2.3. RRC Connection Release
UE RNC
UMD RRC Connection Release Complete[DCH:DCCH] RLC/RRC
CELL_DCH
UMD RRC Connection Release[DCH:DCCH] RLC/RRC
N308, release cause
CELL_DCH UTRA IDLE
UMD RRC Connection Release Complete[DCH:DCCH] RLC/RRC
. . .N308
UTRA IDLE
• normal event
• unspecified
• pre-emptive release
• congestion
• re-establishment reject
• user inactivity
• directed signalling connection re-establishment
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200538
2.3. RRC Connection Release
UE RNC
AMD RRC Connection Release Complete[RACH:DCCH] RLC/RRC
CELL_FACH
UMD RRC Connection Release[FACH:DCCH] RLC/RRC
release cause
CELL_FACH with DCCH UTRA IDLE
UTRA IDLE
UE RNC
CELL_FACH
UMD RRC Connection Release[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, release cause
CELL_FACH without DCCH UTRA IDLE
UTRA IDLE
STATUS[FACH:DCCH] RLC/-
Acknowledgement
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200539
2.3. RRC Connection Release
UE RNC
CELL_PCH
or
URA_PCH
TMD Paging Type 1[PCH:PCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, release indicator = release
URA_PCH/CELL_PCH UTRA IDLE
UTRA IDLE
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200540
2.3. RRC Connection Release
To release a UE from connected mode and send it to idle the RRC Connection Release procedure is defined. Depending
on the configuration of the UE the procedure has a different appearance.
When the UE is in state CELL_DCH then the RNC has to send the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE procedure to the UE via
the signalling DCH. Inside the message a cause value indicates the reason for the release. A counter value N308 tells the
UE how often to repeat the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE COMPLETE message on the uplink DCH to confirm the
procedure. After this the UE is in idle mode and the RNC can release all dedicated resources allocated to this UE.
When the UE is in state CELL_FACH with allocated DCCH then the RNC also sends RRC CONNECTION RELEASE to
release the UE. This time there is no counter value N308. Thus the UE sends exactly one RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
COMPLETE message on RACH, then it enters idle mode.
If the UE is in state CELL_FACH but has currently no DCCH (happens after paging in state CELL_PCH or URA_PCH or
after cell reselection) then only the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message is sent. No completion message follows
afterwards, instead the UE enters directly idle mode (see paging procedures for more information about this).
In UMTS Release 5 a new procedure is introduced. When a UE is in state CELL_PCH or URA_PCH it is possible to page it
with a PAGING TYPE 1 message that contains a release indicator. If this indicator is set to release, then the UE enters
directly idle mode without any further action (NOTE: There is a small inconsistency with the RRC state diagram.)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200541
3. Iu Signalling Connection Handling
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200542
3. Iu Signalling Connection Handling
3.1. Iu Signalling Connections - General
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200543
3.1. Iu Signalling Connections - General
SGSN
MSC
Server
CS-MGWUE
Serving
RNC
RRC
Connection
Iu Signalling Connection CS
Iu Signalling Connection PS
radio mgt.
data
radio mgt.
data
S-RNTIS-RNTI CS-Iu Sign.Connection
CS-Iu Sign.Connection
PS-Iu Sign.Connection
PS-Iu Sign.Connection
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200544
3.1. Iu Signalling Connections - General
CMM_DetachedCMM_Detached
CMM_ConnectedCMM_ConnectedCMM_IdleCMM_Idle
CS Mobility Management States
PMM_DetachedPMM_Detached
PMM_ConnectedPMM_ConnectedPMM_IdlePMM_Idle
PS Mobility Management States
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200545
3.1. Iu Signalling Connections - General
The RRC Connection provides signalling facilities between UE and RNC for radio management tasks. Of course the main
reason to start signalling is to get services from the core network. In other words the UE also needs signalling transfer
capabilities to and from the core network.
In UMTS (like in GSM) the UE has no direct link to the CN, thus the UTRAN has to manage signalling connection towards
the CN for the UE. These connections are called Iu signalling connections. They are implemented by the SCCP protocol
on Iu interface. The RANAP protocol is running in Iu signalling connections.
A connected mode UE can have none, one or two Iu signalling connections. At most one Iu signalling connection can be
set up for a UE to the MSC server and at most one Iu signalling connection can be established to SGSN for a UE. An idle
mode UE cannot have any Iu signalling connection. The reason for the last fact is that it is the serving RNC that has to
manage Iu signalling connections.
Within the core network entities MSC server and SGSN a mobility management state (PMM = Packet Mobility
Management, CMM = Circuit Mobility Management) is maintained for each UE. PMM and CMM states are relatively equal
defined. Both consist of three possible states:
• P/CMM_DETACHED: A UE in state P/CMM_DETACHED is currently not registered for services in the core network
entity.
• P/CMM_CONNECTED: In this state the UE is registered for services in the CN entity and an Iu signalling connection
for this UE exists in the moment. Thus the CN can immediately start signalling towards UE by sending a message within
the appropriate Iu signalling connection. This means that CN triggered paging is not required in this state.
• P/CMM_IDLE: In this state the UE is registered for services in the CN entity, but there is currently no Iu signalling
connection for this UE. Thus before a signalling procedure can be started with the UE the CN must page the UE. This
paging is for the UE the trigger to establish an Iu signalling connection (P/CMM_CONNECTED) state.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200546
3. Iu Signalling Connection Handling
3.2. Establishment and Signalling Transfer
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200547
3.2. Establishment and Signalling Transfer
UE RNC
CELL_DCH
CELL_FACH
AMD Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RLC/RRC
CN domain ID, intra domain NAS node selector, establishment cause,
NAS message, START, measured results on RACH
Iu Signalling Connection Establishment
SGSN
MSC
Server
Initial UE MessageRANAP
STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
acknowledgement
CN domain ID, NAS message, LAI, RAC, …
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200548
3.2. Establishment and Signalling Transfer
UE RNC
CELL_DCH
CELL_FACH
AMD Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RLC/RRC
CN domain ID, NAS message, measured results on RACH
Uplink NAS Signalling Transfer
SGSN
MSC
Server
Direct TransferRANAP
CN domain ID, NAS message, LAI, RAC
UE RNC
CELL_DCH
CELL_FACH
AMD Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RLC/RRC
CN domain ID, NAS message
Downlink NAS Signalling Transfer
SGSN
MSC
Server
Direct TransferRANAP
CN domain ID, NAS message, SAPI
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200549
3.2. Establishment and Signalling Transfer
The establishment of Iu signalling connection is triggered by the UE via the INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message. This
message indicates which core network domain the connection shall be set up to and a message for this core network is
contained. On the Iu interface the serving RNC issues the RANAP message INITIAL UE MESSAGE is sent to the indicated
core network domain.
Once the Iu signalling connection exists, the UE and the core network can freely exchange NAS signalling with each
other. The serving RNC acts as relay point for the NAS signalling messages.
In case of uplink NAS signalling the UE packs the NAS message in a UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER message, the RNC relays
the message via RANAP DIRECT TRANSFER to the core network.
For downlink NAS messages the CN has to encapsulate the NAS PDU in a RANAP DIRECT TRANSFER message. The RNC
translates this into the DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER message. The ‚SAPI‘ parameter in the DIRECT TRANSFER
message gives the priority of the NAS message.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200550
3. Iu Signalling Connection Handling
3.3. Iu Signalling Connection Release
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200551
3.3. Iu Signalling Connection Release
UE RNC
SGSN
MSC
Server
Iu Release CommandRANAP
release cause
RRC Connection Release Procedure
IF (last Iu signalling connection to be released)
ELSE IF (no radio bearer for releasing CN allocated)
Iu Release CompleteRANAP
…
AMD Signalling Connection Release[DCCH] RLC/RRC
CN domain ID
ELSE IF (radio bearer for releasing CN allocated)
AMD Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…, signalling connection release indication = CN domain ID, …
AMD Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200552
3.3. Iu Signalling Connection Release
UE RNC
SGSN
MSC
Server
Iu Release CommandRANAP
release cause = UTRAN generated reason
Iu Release CompleteRANAP
Handling like in normal Iu signalling connection
release case
AMD Signalling Conn. Release Indic.[DCCH] RLC/RRC
CN domain ID
Iu Release RequestRANAP
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200553
3.3. Iu Signalling Connection Release
The release of Iu signalling connections is managed by the core network via the RANAP Iu Release procedure.
The core network releases an Iu signalling connection via RANAP message IU RELEASE COMMAND. The serving RNC will
respond with IU RELEASE COMPLETE.
Depending on the current UE configuration there are three basic procedures possible on the radio interface:
• RRC Connection Release procedure is triggered (UE is sent to IDLE state),
• UE is informed about Iu signalling connection release via SIGNALLING CONNECTION RELEASE procedure,
• radio bearers are released via RADIO BEARER RELEASE procedure.
Of course none of these procedures is triggered when the UE is no longer in this RNC area.
In some situations the RNC can request the release of the Iu signalling connection from the CN via the RANAP procedure
IU RELEASE REQUEST. The reason for this message might be an RNC internal trigger or the UE has requested the
release by SIGNALLING CONNECTION RELEASE MESSAGE.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200554
4. Security Mode Control
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200555
4. Security Mode Control
4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200556
RRC HFN (28 bit)
4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection
Integrity Protection
f9 (UIA)f9 (UIA)
IK
COUNT-I
DIRECTION
FRESH
RRC Message MAC-I
f9 (UIA)f9 (UIA)
IK
COUNT-I
DIRECTION
FRESH
RRC Message MAC-I
XMAC-I
Transmitter Receiver
COUNT-I
RRC HFN (28 bit) RRC SN (4)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200557
4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection
DCCH RRC messages can be protected against change of information or message injection by an integrity protection
mechanism. Therefore an algorithm f9 (UIA: UMTS Integrity Algorithm) must be available in UE and RNC. For each DCCH
RRC message this algorithm calculates a message authentication code (MAC-I: Message Authentication Code – Integrity).
This MAC-I is included in the message itself.
At the receiver side the MAC-I is calculated again and cross-checked with the transmitted one.
The algorithm UIA (f9) takes several additional values as input:
• IK (Integrity Key): A UE specific key that is derived from authentication (automatic key agreement).
• DIRECTION: Discriminates between uplink and downlink direction.
• FRESH: An offset value that is allocated for uplink by UE and for downlink by RNC. The UL/DL-FRESH values are
exchanged at set up of signalling radio bearers (RRC CONNECTION SETUP and RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE).
• COUNT-I: This value is increased with every message that is transmitted. For initialisation of COUNT-I a START value is
negotiated at radio bearer set up time.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200558
4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection
RRC HFN (28 bit)
Ciphering
f8 (UEA)f8 (UEA)
BEARER
COUNT-C
DIRECTION
LENGTH
Plaintext
Block
f8 (UIA)f8 (UIA)
Transmitter Receiver
COUNT-C for RLC TM on DCH MAC-d HFN (24 bit) CFN (4 bit)
CK
BEARER
COUNT-C
DIRECTION
LENGTH
CK
Keystream
Block
XOR
Ciphertext
Block
Keystream
Block
XOR
Plaintext
Block
RRC HFN (28 bit)COUNT-C for RLC UM RLC HFN (25 bit) RLC SN (7 bit)
COUNT-C for RLC AM RLC HFN (20 bit) RLC SN (12 bit)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200559
4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection
Like in GSM also UMTS allows an encryption with a classical stream cipher algorithm.
The algorithm for production of the stream cipher sequence is called UEA (UMTS Encryption Algorithm) or f8. This
algorithm uses several values as input:
• CK (Cipher Key): A UE specific key that is coming from authentication (automatic key agreement).
• BEARER: The radio bearer identity.
• DIRECTION: Distinguishes between uplink and downlink direction.
• LENGTH: Length of the cipher sequence to be produced.
• COUNT-C: Strictly increasing value for each radio frame (RLC transparent mode) or RLC frame (RLC unacknowledged
or acknowledged mode). COUNT-C is initialised with the START values that are exchanged at radio bearer set up time.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200560
4. Security Mode Control
4.2. Security Mode Activation
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200561
4.2. Security Mode Activation
UE RNC
SGSN
MSC
Server
Security Mode CommandRANAP
integrity protection info, ciphering info, …
Security Mode CompleteRANAP
AMD Security Mode Command.[DCCH] RLC/RRC
CN domain ID, security capability, inter-RAT security capability,
ciphering mode info = {start/modify, selected UEA-no., RB activation
time, DPCH activation time}
integrity mode info = {start/modify, selected UIA-no., DL-FRESH, …}
STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
acknowledgement
AMD Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
integrity check info = {MAC-I, RRC SN for RB2},
uplink integrity protection activation info ={RRC SN for RB1-RB4},
RB ciphering activation time info = {RB-ID, RLC SN}
STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
acknowledgement
…
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200562
4.2. Security Mode Activation
|TS 25.331 DCCH-DL (2002-09) (RRC_DCCH_DL) securityModeCommand (= securityModeCommand) |
| |1 integrityCheckInfo |
|**b32*** |1.1 messageAuthenticationCode |'10110100100001111011101010000100'B |
|-0001--- |1.2 rrc-MessageSequenceNumber |1 |
| |2 message |
| |2.1 securityModeCommand |
| |2.1.1 r3 |
| |2.1.1.1 securityModeCommand-r3 |
|***b2*** |2.1.1.1.1 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |0 |
| |2.1.1.1.2 securityCapability |
|**b16*** |2.1.1.1.2.1 cipheringAlgorithmCap |uea1 |
| | |uea0 |
|**b16*** |2.1.1.1.2.2 integrityProtectionAlgorithmCap |uia1 |
| |2.1.1.1.3 integrityProtectionModeInfo |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1 integrityProtectionModeCommand |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1 startIntegrityProtection |
|**b32*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1 integrityProtInitNumber |'01000000110110110000111010010001'B |
| |2.1.1.1.3.2 integrityProtectionAlgorithm |uia1 |
|---0---- |2.1.1.1.4 cn-DomainIdentity |cs-domain |
|TS 25.331 DCCH-UL (2002-09) (RRC_DCCH_UL) securityModeComplete (= securityModeComplete) |
| |1 integrityCheckInfo |
|**b32*** |1.1 messageAuthenticationCode |'11101010011001010000010001001011'B |
|-0001--- |1.2 rrc-MessageSequenceNumber |1 |
| |2 message |
| |2.1 securityModeComplete |
|-----00- |2.1.1 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |0 |
| |2.1.2 ul-IntegProtActivationInfo |
| |2.1.2.1 rrc-MessageSequenceNumberList |
|0000---- |2.1.2.1.1 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 |
|----0000 |2.1.2.1.2 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 |
|0000---- |2.1.2.1.3 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 |
|----0000 |2.1.2.1.4 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 |
|0000---- |2.1.2.1.5 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 |
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200563
4.2. Security Mode Activation
Security functions are activated by the core network via the RANAP procedure Security Mode Control. This procedure is
triggered with the message SECURITY MODE COMMAND. In this message the CN provides IK and CK to the RNC as well
as a list of permitted UIA and UEA.
The serving RNC has to select an UIA and an UEA that is supported by UE and RNC and is permitted by the CN. Then the
security functions are activated by the RRC message SECURITY MODE COMMAND. In it one can find the selected
algorithms.
When the UE is able to activate the requested algorithms it returns SECURITY MODE COMPLETE. The same message but
from RANAP protocol is also returned to the core network.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200564
5. Paging
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200565
5. Paging
5.1. UTRAN Paging Types
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200566
5.1. UTRAN Paging Types
CN originatedCN originated
UTRAN originatedUTRAN originated
UTRAN Paging
Paging Originator
Request for Iu signalling connection
Request for UE to enter CELL_FACH and
perform Cell Update procedure
Paging Type 1Paging Type 1
Paging Type 2Paging Type 2
Paging Type
PCCH on PCH; may be used to page up to 8 UE
DCCH on DCH or FACH
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200567
5.1. UTRAN Paging Types
Paging in UMTS can come from two different types of source – the paging originator:
• CN originated paging: The CN triggers paging whenever a downlink signalling message shall be sent, but currently
there is no Iu signalling connection for this UE at the CN domain of interest available (P/CMM_DETACHED state). Thus
CN originated paging is a request for an Iu signalling connection.
• UTRAN originated paging: The serving RNC has to trigger a paging whenever the UE is in state CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH and a downlink message shall be sent to the UE. This paging shall force the UE to enter state CELL_FACH and
perform a Cell Update procedure.
A problem for UTRAN is the question on which channel to send the paging message. The RRC protocol provides two
options:
• Paging Type 1: The RRC message PAGING TYPE 1 is always sent on the PCH. Thus it can be used for UE in state
Idle, CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. The PAGING TYPE 1 message can be used to page up to 8 UE in one single message.
Furthermore the PAGING TYPE 1 message can also be used to indicate change of BCCH (BCCH Modification) or to
release a UE from state CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to idle.
• Paging Type 2: The message PAGING TYPE 2 is sent on either DCH or FACH. Thus it is the choice for UE in state
CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH. Note that PAGING TYPE 2 is a dedicated control channel (DCCH) message, thus only one UE
can be paged with such a message.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200568
5. Paging
5.2. CN originated paging
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200569
5.2. CN originated paging
UE RNC
SGSN
MSC
Server
PagingRANAP
CN domain ID, UE identifier, paging area,
paging cause
Initial UE MessageRANAP
TMD/AMD Paging Type 1|2[P/DCCH] RLC/RRC
Type 1: Paging Record ={…, CN UE ID or U-RNTI + CN domain ID}
Type 2: CN domain ID
TMD RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RLC/RRC
UMD RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RLC/RRC
AMD RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
IF (UE idle)
AMD Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RLC/RRC
. . .
STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
CN domain ID, …,
NAS-Message = RR:Paging Response|GMM:Service Request
NAS-Message
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200570
5.2. CN originated paging
|TS 25.331 PCCH (2002-03) (RRC_PCCH) pagingType1 (= pagingType1) |
| |pCCH-Message |
| |1 message |
| |1.1 pagingType1 |
| |1.1.1 pagingRecordList |
| |1.1.1.1 pagingRecord |
| |1.1.1.1.1 cn-Identity |
|110----- |1.1.1.1.1.1 pagingCause |terminatingCauseUnknown |
|---0---- |1.1.1.1.1.2 cn-DomainIdentity |cs-domain |
| |1.1.1.1.1.3 cn-pagedUE-Identity |
|**b32*** |1.1.1.1.1.3.1 tmsi-GSM-MAP |'10110110000000000000000000100001'B |
|TS 25.331 PCCH (2002-03) (RRC_PCCH) pagingType1 (= pagingType1) |
| |pCCH-Message |
| |1 message |
| |1.1 pagingType1 |
| |1.1.1 bcch-ModificationInfo |
|-----010 |1.1.1.1 mib-ValueTag |3 |
|***b9*** |1.1.1.2 bcch-ModificationTime |237 |
CN Triggered Paging
BCCH Modification Indication
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200571
5.2. CN originated paging
CN originated paging is obviously triggered by the core network.
MSC server or SGSN send the RANAP message PAGING to the RNC (or to several RNC). Inside the message the UE is
identified (IMSI, TMSI/PTMSI) and the paging area (LAI/RAI) is indicated.
The RNC determines the state of the UE by checking the IMSI. Then either PAGING TYPE 1 or PAGING TYPE 2 is sent on
an appropriate downlink signalling transport channel.
If the UE is in idle state, then it first of all performs a RRC connection setup procedure. If the UE is already in connected
mode, it can skip this part.
Then the UE has to trigger the Iu signalling connection to the requesting core network using the INITIAL DIRECT
TRANSFER message.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200572
5. Paging
5.3. UTRAN originated paging
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200573
5.3. UTRAN originated paging
UE
RNC
TMD Paging Type 1[PCCH] RLC/RRC
Type 1: Paging Record ={…, U-RNTI, RRC connection release indication=No Release|Release Cause}
TMD Cell Update[CCCH] RLC/RRC
IF (RRC connection release indication = NoRelease)
U-RNTI, cell update cause = paging response, …
UMD Cell Update Confirm[CCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, RRC state indicator, RB info, TrCH info, PhCH info, …
CELL_PCH
URA_PCH
OR
UMD RRC Connection Release[CCCH] RLC/RRC
U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, RRC state indicator, RB info, TrCH info, PhCH info, …
IF (RRC connection release indication = ReleaseCause
UE enters UTRA IDLE mode
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200574
5.3. UTRAN originated paging
In case the paging is originated by the serving RNC there is no ‚CN Domain‘ information element inside the PAGING TYPE
1 message.
The UE will enter state CELL_FACH on reception of an UTRAN originated paging. Then the UE will send a CELL UPDATE
message on RACH (CCCH). Inside it will identify itself with the u-rnti and the parameter ‚cell update cause‘ is set to
„paging response“.
The RNC has now two options. Either it sends the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message on FACH to the UE and indicates
with this a new state and radio configuration to the UE. Or the RNC sends RRC CONNECTION RELEASE, so that the UE
immediately enters idle mode.
Since UMTS Release 5 the PAGING TYPE 1 message can contain a release indicator. If this is set to „release“, the UE will
not perform the CELL UPDATE, instead it silently enters idle mode without any further interaction with the RNC.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200575
6. Radio Resource Management
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200576
6. Radio Resource Management
6.1. Radio Bearer and Radio Access Bearer Setup
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200577
6.1 RB and RAB Setup
UE RNC
SGSN
MSC
Server
RAB Assignment RequestRANAP
RAB to setup or Modify, RAB to release
RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP
UMD/AMD Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…, RRC state indicator, signalling radio bearer,
radio access bearers radio bearers (user data)
transport channel to add/delete, physical channel configuration
AMD Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…
successful RAB setup, failed RAB setup
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200578
6.1 RB and RAB Setup
+--------+----------------+--------------------+------------+------------+------------+--------------------------+
|No |Long Time |From |2. Prot |2. MSG |3. Prot |3. MSG |
+--------+----------------+--------------------+------------+------------+------------+--------------------------+
|97 |12:01:15,470,365|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|98 |12:01:15,510,323|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|99 |12:01:15,550,476|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|100 |12:01:15,590,240|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|101 |12:01:15,630,489|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|102 |12:01:15,670,155|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|103 |12:01:15,710,405|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|104 |12:01:15,750,364|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|105 |12:01:15,750,364|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC reasm. |AM DATA DCH |RRC_DCCH_DL |radioBearerSetup |
|106 |12:01:15,967,569|NB #2 (DCH #1 UL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|109 |12:01:17,327,602|NB #2 (DCH #1 UL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | |
|110 |12:01:17,327,602|NB #2 (DCH #1 UL) |RLC reasm. |AM DATA DCH |RRC_DCCH_UL |radioBearerSetupComplete |
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200579
6.1 RB and RAB Setup
The radio bearers for RRC signalling are usually set up via RRC CONNECTION SETUP. Radio bearers for user data
(especially DTCH/CTCH, but not exclusively) cannot be created with this operation.
The general radio bearer establishment is provided by the RADIO BEARER SETUP procedure implemented by RRC
protocol. This operation can be used to create any kind of radio bearer.
When radio bearers for applications like calls or PDP context shall be created, then the RADIO BEARER SETUP is part of
the radio access bearer establishment triggered by core network. This is done via the RANAP message RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST. This message is used for set up, modification and release of radio access bearers. When a RAB is created or
modified, then the serving RNC calculates how many radio bearers with which settings are required and creates these
radio bearers with the RADIO BEARER SETUP procedure. In it the UE also gets an indication about the radio access
bearers created.
When the new radio bearers are allocated by the UE it will respond with RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE, this will in
the end effect also trigger the RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message of RANAP back to the core network. This RANAP
message contains parameters that indicate success or failure of the procedure.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200580
6. Radio Resource Management
6.2. Radio Bearer and Radio Access Bearer Release
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200581
6.2. RB and RAB Release
UE RNC
SGSN
MSC
Server
RAB Assignment RequestRANAP
RAB to setup or Modify, RAB to release
RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP
UMD/AMD Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…, RRC state indicator,
radio access bearers to reconfigure list
transport channel to add/delete, physical channel configuration
AMD Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…
successful RAB setup, failed RAB setup
Iu Release CommandRANAP
Iu Release CompleteRANAP
UMD/AMD Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…, RRC state indicator, signalling connection release indication = ps|cs
radio access bearers to reconfigure list
transport channel to add/delete, physical channel configuration
AMD Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…
RAB released
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200582
6.2. RB and RAB Release
To release radio bearers the RADIO BEARER RELEASE procedure is provided by RRC protocol. It can be used to release
individual radio bearers or complete radio access bearers with all associated radio bearers and the procedure can also
trigger RRC state changes.
The RNC can in principle release a radio bearer at any time without involution of the core network. If this is really done,
depends on the traffic class of the radio access bearer. Because of delay problems when a radio bearer is to be re-
established, such a Radio Access Bearer independent Radio Bearer management is not done for conversational or
streaming traffic classes. Only background and interactive traffic class radio access bearers allow such a radio bearer
management without involution of CN.
Of course radio bearers have to be released whenever the radio access bearer of the service is terminated. A radio
access bearer can be released in two ways. Either the CN uses again the RANAP procedure RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
with a RAB release indication or the CN releases the Iu signalling connection with IU RELEASE COMMAND. In the latter
case all RAB for this UE of to the releasing core network have to be terminated.
The RNC can upon one of these two procedures release the associated radio bearers with RADIO BEARER RELEASE, the
UE has to respond with RADIO BEARER RELEASE COMPLETE.
Of course there is another final way to release all radio bearers. When the UE is sent to idle state by the RRC message
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE automatically all radio bearers will be terminated. This option is used after the IU RELEASE
COMMAND when no Iu signalling connection is left at the end of the procedure.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200583
6. Radio Resource Management
6.3. Reconfiguration Operations
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200584
6.3. Reconfiguration Operations
UE
RNC
UMD/AMD Radio Bearer Reconfiguration[DCCH] RLC/RRC
New U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator, RB to reconfigure,
transport channels to add/delete/modify, physical channel configuration
AMD Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…
UMD/AMD Transport Channel Reconfiguration[DCCH] RLC/RRC
New U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator,
transport channels to add/delete/modify, physical channel configuration
AMD Transport Channel Reconfiguration Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…
UMD/AMD Physical Channel Reconfiguration[DCCH] RLC/RRC
New U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator, physical channel configuration
AMD Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200585
6.3. Reconfiguration Operations
Three main operations are provided in the RRC protocol to modify the current radio configuration of a UE. There are
• RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION: This allows to modify physical channels (frequency, channelization codes,
scrambling codes), transport channels (transport format sets, transport format combination sets, type of transport
channels) and radio bearers itself.
• TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION: This procedure allows to modify transport channels and physical
channels. Radio bearers are not affected by this procedure.
• PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION: This allows to modify physical channels only.
Depending on what shall be modified the serving RNC has to select one of these procedures. If only transport format
combinations shall be allowed or blocked there is another procedure – the TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION
CONTROL operation. This is not really a reconfiguration, because the channels and radio bearers are not modified by it.
The reconfiguration operations can be used to implement hard handover procedures on the same frequency or to other
frequency (inter-frequency handover). They cannot be used for soft handover (see active set update procedure) or to
perform inter-system (inter-RAT) handover (see HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND).
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200586
6. Radio Resource Management
6.4. Inter-System Change Operations
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200587
6.4. Inter-System Change Operations
Handover From UTRAN
UE
Source
RNC
AMD Handover From UTRAN Command[DCCH] RLC/RRC
RAB to handover list, other RAT system information other system’s handover message, …
STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
SUFI: Acknowledgement
other RAT
(e.g. GSM BSS)
Core
Network
other system’s handover message
other system’s handover completion
AMD/UMD UE Capability Enquiry[DCCH] RLC/RRC
capability update requirement
AMD UE Capability Information[DCCH] RLC/RRC
UE radio access capability, other RAT capabilities
AMD/UMD UE Capability Information Confirm[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200588
6.4. Inter-System Change Operations
To change from UMTS WCDMA FDD mode to another radio access technology (RAT) there are inter-system (inter-RAT)
procedures defined.
Before a UE can go to another RAT it might be necessary to retrieve the UE’s capabilities with respect to this RAT. If
these RAT capabilities are not available yet at the serving RNC a capability enquiry procedure has to be performed.
During this procedure the RNC request the updated capabilities with UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY from the UE, which will
respond with a UE CAPABILITY INFO message back to the RNC. This message contains the UE capabilities as requested
before by the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY message. The RNC confirms reception of the parameters by sending UE
CAPABILITY INFO CONFIRM.
When the handover to the other RAT shall be started typically a so called S-RNS Relocation procedure (not shown here)
is started. During this relocation the new RAT radio network controller (whatever this might be) sends an appropriate
handover command over the core network to the serving RNC. This will take it and pack it into a HANDOVER FROM
UTRAN COMMAND, which is sent to the UE.
The UE now changes the radio access system and completes the handover procedure in the new radio subsystem.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200589
6.4. Inter-System Change Operations
Handover To UTRAN
UE
Target
RNC
AMD Handover To UTRAN Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
…
STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
SUFI: Acknowledgement
other RAT
(e.g. GSM BSS)
Core
Network
Signalling transfer “Handover To UTRAN Command”Handover To UTRAN CommandRRC
new U-RNTI, ciphering algorithm,
signalling radio bearer to setup,
RAB and radio bearer to setup,
transport channels to add, physical channel
configuration
Signalling transfer “Inter-RAT Handover Info”Inter-RAT Handover InfoRRC
UE radio access capabilities, pre-defined
configuration status information
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200590
6.4. Inter-System Change Operations
A handover to UTRAN is of course triggered by the other RAT that is used by the UE in the moment.
Before a handover to UTRAN is started usually the new RNC (target RNC) has to get the UE capabilities with respect to
WCDMA FDD mode. Therefore the other RAT requests the UE WCDMA capabilities and forwards it over the CN to the
target RNC. This is embedded in a S-RNC relocation procedure, but this time the RNC is the destination of the procedure,
not the source.
When the target RNC has the UE capabilities it will prepare all resources for it and then create a HANDOVER TO UTRAN
COMMAND. This command is sent over the core network to the radio controller of the other RAT. From here the
message finds its way to the UE. How this is done depends on the other RAT.
Now the UE switches to the WCDMA FDD cell and completes the handover with the message HANDOVER TO UTRAN
COMPLETE.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200591
6.4. Inter-System Change Operations
Network Ordered Cell Change To Other RAT
UE
Source
RNC
AMD Cell Change Order From UTRAN[DCCH] RLC/RRC
target cell description, …
STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
SUFI: Acknowledgement
other RAT
(e.g. GSM BSS)
update procedures
corresponding to new system
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200592
6.4. Inter-System Change Operations
There is a second possibility to change from UTRAN to another radio access technology. This option is especially
designed for UMTS (CELL_FACH) to GSM (Packet Transfer Mode).
Here we use a network ordered cell change to switch away from UMTS to another RAT. The RNC give the CELL CHANGE
ORDER FROM UTRAN command to the UE. In this message the new cell of the other RAT is indicated. The UE now
performs a forced cell reselection to the new cell. All cell reselection criteria for automatic cell reselection are ignored at
the UE.
The remaining part of the procedure consists possibly of an update procedure in the new RAT. This is out of scope of
UTRAN.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200593
6. Radio Resource Management
6.5. Active Set Management (Soft Handover)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200594
6.5. Active Set Management (Soft Handover)
UE
RNC
AMD/UMD Active Set Update[DCCH] RLC/RRC
Radio link addition info {primary CPICH info = primary DL scrambling code,
cell identity, downlink DPCH info, …}
Radio link removal info {primary CPICH info = primary DL scrambling code}
AMD Active Set Update Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200595
6.5. Active Set Management (Soft Handover)
Soft handover consists of operations to add, delete and replace cells from the so called active set. The procedure that
provides this functionality is the ACTIVE SET UPDATE.
In an ACTIVE SET UPDATE message the serving RNC indicates the cells that are to be added to the active set and the
cells that must be removed from it. Whenever the UE receives such an ACTIVE SET UPDATE it immediately performs the
requested operations and returns the ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE message.
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200596
7. UE Measurements
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200597
7. Measurements
7.1. Measurement Types and Reporting
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200598
7.1. Measurement Types and Reporting
1) Intra Frequency Measurements
2) Inter Frequency Measurements
3) Inter RAT Measurements
4) Traffic Volume Measurements
5) Quality Measurements
6) UE Internal Measurements
7) Positioning Measurements
RLC/MAC
TrCH
#N
WCDMA physical layer
TrCH
#0
. . .
RRC
. . .
Periodical
Measurements - Filtering
- Reporting criteria
evaluation
RNC
Measurement Control | SIB 3/4+11/12RRC
Measurement ReportRRC
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 200599
7.1. Measurement Types and Reporting
UE Measurements in UTRAN are divided into seven categories as shown on the slide. Every measurement in a UE has to
be created before it starts. Therefore a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message is provided. Additionally SIB 3/4 and SIB
11/12 can create measurements.
Reporting of measurements can be done either periodically or by event trigger. Which reporting mode for a created
measurement is to chosen is indicated in the associated MEASUREMENT CONTROL message. When a trigger for a report
is fulfilled then the UE sends MEASUREMENT REPORT uplink to the RNC which contains the measured results (filtered by
UE) and the indication of the event that triggered the report (only for even triggered reporting).
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 2005100
7. Measurements
7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 2005101
7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure
UE
RNC
AMD Measurement Control[DCCH] RLC/RRC
measurement identity, measurement control command = setup, release, modify, measurement type,
measurement reporting mode {RLC mode = AMD|UMD, trigger = periodical|event}, …
STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
AMD/UMD Measurement Report[DCCH] RLC/RRC
measurement identity, measurement control command = setup, release, modify, measurement type,
measurement reporting mode {RLC mode = AMD|UMD, trigger = periodical|event}, …
STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 2005102
|TS 25.331 DCCH-DL (2002-03) (RRC_DCCH_DL) measurementControl (= measurementControl) |
|dL-DCCH-Message |
| |1 integrityCheckInfo |
|**b32*** |1.1 messageAuthenticationCode |'11101001001100000100101100101000'B |
|-0011--- |1.2 rrc-MessageSequenceNumber |3 |
| |2 message |
| |2.1 measurementControl |
| |2.1.1 r3 |
| |2.1.1.1 measurementControl-r3 |
|***b2*** |2.1.1.1.1 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |2 |
|-1000--- |2.1.1.1.2 measurementIdentity |9 |
| |2.1.1.1.3 measurementCommand |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1 setup |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1 intraFrequencyMeasurement |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1 intraFreqCellInfoList |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.1 removedIntraFreqCellList |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.1.1 removeAllIntraFreqCells |0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2 newIntraFreqCellList |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1 newIntraFreqCell |
|--00000- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.1 intraFreqCellID |0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2 cellInfo |
|-000000- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.1 cellIndividualOffset |-20 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1 fdd |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info |
|***b9*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.1 primaryScramb.. |3 |
|***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.2 primaryCPICH-TX.. |30 |
|-1------ |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.3 readSFN-Indicator |1 |
|--0----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.4 tx-DiversityInd.. |0 |
7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure
Measurement Control 1(4)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 2005103
7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2 newIntraFreqCell |
|***b5*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.1 intraFreqCellID |1 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2 cellInfo |
|***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.1 cellIndividualOffset |-20 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1 fdd |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info |
|***b9*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.1.1 primaryScramb.. |5 |
|***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.2 primaryCPICH-TX.. |30 |
|---1---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.3 readSFN-Indicator |1 |
|----0--- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.4 tx-DiversityInd.. |0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3 newIntraFreqCell |
|***b5*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.1 intraFreqCellID |2 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2 cellInfo |
|***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.1 cellIndividualOffset |-18 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1 fdd |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info |
|***b9*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.1.1 primaryScramb.. |1 |
|***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.2 primaryCPICH-TX.. |30 |
|-----1-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.3 readSFN-Indicator |1 |
|------0- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.4 tx-DiversityInd.. |0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2 intraFreqMeasQuantity |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2.1 filterCoefficient |fc0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2.2 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2.2.1 fdd |
|-00----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2.2.1.1 intraFreqMeasQuantity.. |cpich-Ec-N0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3 intraFreqReportingQuantity |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1 activeSetReportingQuantities |
|----00-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.1 sfn-SFN-OTD-Type |noReport |
|------0- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.2 cellIdentity-reportingI.. |0 |
|-------1 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.3 cellSynchronisationInfo.. |1 |
Measurement Control 2(4)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 2005104
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4.1 fdd |
|-1------ |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4.1.1 cpich-Ec-N0-reporti.. |1 |
|--0----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4.1.2 cpich-RSCP-reportin.. |0 |
|---0---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4.1.3 pathloss-reportingI.. |0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2 monitoredSetReportingQuantities |
|----00-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.1 sfn-SFN-OTD-Type |noReport |
|------0- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.2 cellIdentity-reportingI.. |0 |
|-------1 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.3 cellSynchronisationInfo.. |1 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4.1 fdd |
|-1------ |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4.1.1 cpich-Ec-N0-reporti.. |1 |
|--0----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4.1.2 cpich-RSCP-reportin.. |0 |
|---0---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4.1.3 pathloss-reportingI.. |0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4 reportCriteria |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1 intraFreqReportingCriteria |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1 eventCriteriaList |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1 intraFreqEventCriteria |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1 event |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1 e1a |
|001----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.1 triggeringCondi.. |monitoredSetCellsOnly |
|---00011 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.2 reportingRange |3 |
|00000--- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.3 w |0 |
|-----010 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.4 reportDeactivat.. |t2 |
|111----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.5 reportingAmount |ra-Infinity |
|---011-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.6 reportingInterval |ri1 |
|***b4*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.2 hysteresis |0 |
|--0000-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.3 timeToTrigger |ttt0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.4 reportingCellStatus |
|--100--- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.4.1 allActiveplusMoni.. |viactCellsPlus5 |
7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure
Measurement Control 3(4)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 2005105
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2 intraFreqEventCriteria |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1 event |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1.1 e1b |
|---00--- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1.1.1 triggeringCondi.. |activeSetCellsOnly |
|***b5*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1.1.2 reportingRange |3 |
|--00000- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1.1.3 w |0 |
|***b4*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.2 hysteresis |0 |
|---0000- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.3 timeToTrigger |ttt0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.4 reportingCellStatus |
|---010-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.4.1 withinActiveSet |e3 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3 intraFreqEventCriteria |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1 event |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1.1 e1c |
|---011-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1.1.1 replacementActi.. |t3 |
|***b3*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1.1.2 reportingAmount |ra1 |
|-000---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1.1.3 reportingInterval |noPeriodicalreporting |
|----0000 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.2 hysteresis |0 |
|0000---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.3 timeToTrigger |ttt0 |
| |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.4 reportingCellStatus |
|100----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.4.1 allActiveplusMoni.. |viactCellsPlus5 |
| |2.1.1.1.4 measurementReportingMode |
|---0---- |2.1.1.1.4.1 measurementReportTransferMode |acknowledgedModeRLC |
|----1--- |2.1.1.1.4.2 periodicalOrEventTrigger |eventTrigger |
7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure
Measurement Control 4(4)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 2005106
|TS 25.331 DCCH-UL (2002-03) (RRC_DCCH_UL) measurementReport (= measurementReport) |
|uL-DCCH-Message |
| |1 integrityCheckInfo |
|**b32*** |1.1 messageAuthenticationCode |'11111000011011110101100100001111'B|
|-0100--- |1.2 rrc-MessageSequenceNumber |4 |
| |2 message |
| |2.1 measurementReport |
|***b4*** |2.1.1 measurementIdentity |14 |
| |2.1.2 measuredResults |
| |2.1.2.1 intraFreqMeasuredResultsList |
| |2.1.2.1.1 cellMeasuredResults |
| |2.1.2.1.1.1 cellSynchronisationInfo |
| |2.1.2.1.1.1.1 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1 fdd |
| |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1.1 countC-SFN-Frame-difference |
|0000---- |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.1 countC-SFN-High |0 |
|***b8*** |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2 off |6 |
|**b16*** |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1.2 tm |16896 |
| |2.1.2.1.1.2 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.2.1.1.2.1 fdd |
| |2.1.2.1.1.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info |
|***b9*** |2.1.2.1.1.2.1.1.1 primaryScramblingCode |3 |
|-100101- |2.1.2.1.1.2.1.2 cpich-Ec-N0 |37 |
7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure
Measurement Report 1(2)
Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL - DRAFTJune 1, 2005107
7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure
| |2.1.2.1.2 cellMeasuredResults |
| |2.1.2.1.2.1 cellSynchronisationInfo |
| |2.1.2.1.2.1.1 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1 fdd |
| |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1.1 countC-SFN-Frame-difference |
|----0000 |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1 countC-SFN-High |0 |
|00000110 |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1.1.2 off |6 |
|***B2*** |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1.2 tm |17372 |
| |2.1.2.1.2.2 modeSpecificInfo |
| |2.1.2.1.2.2.1 fdd |
| |2.1.2.1.2.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info |
|***b9*** |2.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.1 primaryScramblingCode |1 |
|***b6*** |2.1.2.1.2.2.1.2 cpich-Ec-N0 |15 |
| |2.1.3 eventResults |
| |2.1.3.1 intraFreqEventResults |
|***b4*** |2.1.3.1.1 eventID |e1a |
| |2.1.3.1.2 cellMeasurementEventResults |
| |2.1.3.1.2.1 fdd |
| |2.1.3.1.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info |
|***b9*** |2.1.3.1.2.1.1.1 primaryScramblingCode |3 |
Measurement Report 2(2)
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT1
Module 04
Complete Sequences – Use Cases
(Layer 3 signalling)
Version 0.0.1 (02/05/2005)
Author: Alexander Seifarth (a.seifarth@techcom.de)
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT2
1. CS Mobility Management
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT3
1. CS Mobility Management
1.1. Location Area Update
• UE is UTRA idle;
• UE is PS detached;
• performs cell reselection
• no services follow after update
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT4
1.1. Location Area Update (1)
UE RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = registration
MSC
Server
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = cs, LAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = Location Updating Request
cell reselection
New LAI ?
false
true
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Location Updating Request
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT5
1.1. Location Area Update (2)
UE RNC MSC
Server
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication Req.
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Request
Direct TransferRANAP
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication Resp.
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Response
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Location Updating
Accept
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Location Updating Accept
Direct TransferRANAP
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = TMSI Realloc. Compl.
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: TMSI Reallocation Compl.
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT6
1.1. Location Area Update (3)
UE RNC MSC
Server
Iu Release CommandRANAP
cause = normal event
RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC
cause = normal event, N308 (only for CELL_DCH)
Iu Release CompleteRANAP
RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
UTRA_Idle
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT7
1. CS Mobility Management
1.2. IMSI Detach (UE Power Off)
• UE is UTRA idle;
• UE is PS detached;
• user switches UE off
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT8
1.2. IMSI Detach (UE Power Off) (1)
UE RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = detach
MSC
Server
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = cs, LAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = IMSI Detach Indication
Power Off (User)
ATT=true
false
true
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: IMSI Detach Indication
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
Power Off
SIB 1[BCCH] RRC
…, ATT, …
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT9
1.2. IMSI Detach (UE Power Off) (2)
UE RNC MSC
Server
Connection RefusedSCCP
RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC
Cause = normal event | unspecified, N308 (only CELL_DCH)
RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
Power Off
UTRA_Idle
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT10
2. CS Call Services
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT11
2. CS Call Services
2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC)
• UE is UTRA idle;
• no PS services running, no other CS services except the MOC
• no handovers during call
• call release by remote party
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT12
2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC) (1)
UE RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI,
Est.Cause = originating conversational call
MSC
Server
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = cs, LAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = CM Service Request
call request (User)
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: CM Service Request
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT13
2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC) (2)
UE RNC MSC
Server
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication Req.
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Request
Direct TransferRANAP
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication Resp.
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Response
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Call Proceeding
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Call Proceeding
Direct TransferRANAP
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Setup
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Setup
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT14
2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC) (3)
UE RNC MSC
Server
RAB Assignment RequestRANAP
RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter
Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC
RRC state = CELL_DCH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup,
signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel
RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP
successful setup
Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
Direct TransferRANAPDownlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
Direct TransferRANAP
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Connect Ackn.
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Connect Ackn.
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Alerting
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Alerting
Direct TransferRANAPDownlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Connect
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Connect
call active
CELL_DCH
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT15
2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC) (4)
UE RNC MSC
Server
Iu Release CommandRANAP
cause = normal event
RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC
cause = normal event
Iu Release CompleteRANAP
released RABRRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
Direct TransferRANAPDownlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
Direct TransferRANAP
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Release
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Release
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Disconnect
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Disconnect
Direct TransferRANAPDownlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Release Complete
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Release Complete
UTRA_Idle
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT16
2. CS Call Services
2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC)
• UE is UTRA idle;
• no other services running;
• call release by local party
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT17
2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC) (1)
UE RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI,
Est.Cause = terminating conversational call|terminating cause unknown
MSC
Server
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = cs, LAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = Paging Response
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Paging Response
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
Paging Type 1[PCCH] RRC
UE-ID = TMSI|IMSI,
cause = terminating conversation call|terminating cause unknown
PagingRANAP
CN domain = cs, LAI, IMSI, TMSI, cause
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT18
2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC) (2)
UE RNC MSC
Server
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication Req.
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Request
Direct TransferRANAP
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication Resp.
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Response
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
Direct TransferRANAP
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Call Confirmed
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Call Confirmed
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Setup
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Setup
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT19
2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC) (3)
UE RNC MSC
Server
RAB Assignment RequestRANAP
RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter
Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC
RRC state = CELL_DCH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup,
signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel
RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP
successful setup
Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
Direct TransferRANAP
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Connect Ackn.
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Connect Ackn.
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Alerting
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Alerting
Direct TransferRANAP
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Connect
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Connect
call active
CELL_DCH
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT20
2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC) (4)
UE RNC MSC
Server
Iu Release CommandRANAP
cause = normal event
RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC
cause = normal event
Iu Release CompleteRANAP
released RABRRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
Direct TransferRANAP
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Release
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Release
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Disconnect
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Disconnect
Direct TransferRANAP
Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Release Complete
CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Release Complete
UTRA_Idle
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT21
3. PS Mobility Management
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT22
3. PS Mobility Management
3.1. PS (GPRS) Attach
• UE is UTRA idle;
• UE is PS detached;
• no CS services running
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT23
3.1. PS (GPRS) Attach (1)
UE
RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = registration
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = Attach Request
GPRS activation (User)
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Attach Request
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT24
3.1. PS (GPRS) Attach (2)
UE
RNC
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Request
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Response
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response
Uplink Direct Transfer
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Attach Accept
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Attach Accept
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT25
3.1. PS (GPRS) Attach (3)
UE
RNC
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Attach Complete
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Attach Complete
Uplink Direct Transfer
Iu Release CommandRANAP
cause = normal event
RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC
cause = normal event
Iu Release CompleteRANAP
RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
UTRA_Idle
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT26
3. PS Mobility Management
3.2. Routing Area Update (IDLE mode update)
• UE is UTRA idle;
• UE is PS attached;
• performs cell reselection
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT27
3.2. Routing Area Update (IDLE) (1)
UE RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|PTMSI+RAI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = registration
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update Request
cell reselection
New RAI ?
false
true
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update
Request
CELL_FACH|CELL_DCH
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT28
3.2. Routing Area Update (IDLE) (2)
UE
RNC
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Request
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Response
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response
Uplink Direct Transfer
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update
Accept
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update
Accept
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT29
3.2. Routing Area Update (IDLE) (3)
UE
RNC
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update
Complete
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update
Complete
Uplink Direct Transfer
Iu Release Command
RANAP
cause = normal event
RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC
cause = normal event
Iu Release CompleteRANAP
RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
UTRA_Idle
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT30
3. PS Mobility Management
3.3. Routing Area Update (Connected mode update)
• UE is UTRA connected for CS services;
• UE is PS attached without Iu signalling connection, (PMM_IDLE);
• UE performs cell reselection
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT31
3.3. Routing Area Update (Connected) (1)
UE RNC
UTRA_Connected
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update Request
UTRAN Mobility Information[DCCH] RRC
…, new RAI, …
UTRAN Mobility Information Confirm[DCCH] RRC
…
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update
Request
CELL_FACH|CELL_DCH
SGSN
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Request
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Response
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response
Uplink Direct Transfer
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT32
3.3. Routing Area Update (Connected) (2)
UE
RNC
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update
Accept
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update
Accept
SGSN
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update
Complete
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update
Complete
Uplink Direct Transfer
UTRA_Connected
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT33
3. PS Mobility Management
3.4. PS (GPRS) Detach (no UE power off)
• UE is UTRA Idle
• UE is PMM_Idle
• GPRS is to be deactivated by user
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT34
3.4. PS (GPRS) Detach (no UE power off) (1)
UE
RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = detach
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = Detach Request
GPRS deactivation (User)
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Detach Request
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT35
3.4. PS (GPRS) Detach (no UE power off) (2)
UE
RNC
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Request
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Response
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response
Uplink Direct Transfer
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Detach Accept
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Detach Accept
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT36
3.4. PS (GPRS) Detach (no UE power off) (3)
UE
RNC
Iu Release CommandRANAP
cause = normal event
RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC
cause = normal event
Iu Release CompleteRANAP
RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
UTRA_Idle
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT37
4. PDP Context Management
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT38
4. PDP Context Management
4.1. PDP Context Activation
• UE is UTRA idle,
• UE is PMM_Idle (already registered for GPRS)
• user or application activate PDP context
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT39
4.1. PDP Context Activation (1)
UE
RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = originating <xxx> call
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = Service Request
PDP Context request (User)
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Service Request
(service type = signalling)
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT40
4.1. PDP Context Activation (2)
UE
RNC
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Request
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And
Ciphering Response
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response
Uplink Direct Transfer
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
SGSN
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Activate PDP Context
Request
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = SM-message: Activate PDP Context Request
Uplink Direct Transfer
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT41
4.1. PDP Context Activation (3)
UE RNC
RAB Assignment RequestRANAP
RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter
Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC
RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup,
signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel
RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP
successful setup
Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
SGSN
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Activate PDP Context
Accept
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = SM-message: Activate PDP Context Accept
Packet PDU Transmission
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT42
4. PDP Context Management
4.2. Service Data for uplink traffic
• UE is UTRA idle and PMM_Idle,
• PDP context is active
• uplink packet data shall be sent
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT43
4.2. Service Data for uplink traffic (1)
UE
RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = high priority signalling
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = Service Request
uplink PDP PDU
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Service Request
(service type = data)
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
SGSN
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT44
4.2. Service Data for uplink traffic (2)
UE
RNC
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
SGSN
RAB Assignment RequestRANAP
RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter
Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC
RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup,
signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel
RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP
successful setup
Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
Packet PDU Transmission
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT45
4. PDP Context Management
4.3. Service Data for downlink traffic
• UE is UTRA idle and PMM_Idle,
• PDP context is active
• downlink packet data shall be sent
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT46
4.3. Service Data for downlink traffic (1)
UE
RNC
UTRA_Idle
RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC
Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = terminating cause unkn.
Initial UE MessageRANAP
CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID,
NAS-PDU = Service Request
RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration,
PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement
RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
UE radio access capabilities
Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Service Request
(service type = paging response)
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
SGSN
Paging Type 1[PCCH] RRC
UE-ID = TMSI|IMSI, cause = terminating cause unknown
PagingRANAP
CN domain = ps, RAI, IMSI, PTMSI, cause
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT47
4.3. Service Data for downlink traffic (2)
UE
RNC
Security Mode CommandRANAP
permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, …
Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC
selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, …
Security Mode CommandRANAP
selected UIA, selected UEA
Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC
…
SGSN
RAB Assignment RequestRANAP
RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter
Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC
RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup,
signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel
RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP
successful setup
Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
Packet PDU Transmission
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT48
4. PDP Context Management
4.4. PDP Context Deactivation by UE
• UE is UTRA connected and PMM_Connected,
• PDP context is active and will be deactivated,
• ohter PS services are still active
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT49
4.4. PDP Context Deactivation (1)
UE
RNC
UTRA_Connected
SGSN
PMM_Connected
Direct TransferRANAP
SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Deact.PDP Context
Accept
Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = SM-message: Deactivate PDP Context Accept
Direct TransferRANAP
[DCCH] RRC
RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Deact. PDP Context
Request
CN domain = ps,
NAS-PDU = SM-message: Deactivate PDP Context Request
Uplink Direct Transfer
RAB Assignment RequestRANAP
RABReleaseItem RAB ID
Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RRC
RRC state = XXX, RAB to reconfigure, RB to release, TrCH to reconf.
RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP
RAB data volume
Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
UTRA_XXX
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT50
5. Radio Management Procedures
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT51
5. Radio Management Procedures
5.1. Soft Handover
• UE is UTRA connected in state CELL_DCH,
• soft handover including cell 1, cell 2, cell 3
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT52
5.1. Soft Handover (1 – add radio link)
UE
RNC
CELL_DCH
Measurement Report[DCCH] RRC
trigger event = 1A for cell 2, measured results
Measurement Control[DCCH] RRC
intra-frequency cell list for cell 1, reporting criteria events 1A, 1B, 1C
cell 1
Active Set
Active Set Update[DCCH] RRC
cell addition info downlink code information for cell 2
Active Set Update Complete[DCCH] RRC
Measurement Control[DCCH] RRC
intra-frequency cell list for cell 1/2, reporting criteria events 1A, 1B, 1C
CELL_DCH cell 1, cell 2
Active Set
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT53
5.1. Soft Handover (2 – replacement)
UE
RNC
Measurement Report[DCCH] RRC
trigger event = 1C for cell 3/1, measured results
Active Set Update[DCCH] RRC
cell addition info downlink code information for cell 3
cell removal info radio link id cell 1
Active Set Update Complete[DCCH] RRC
Measurement Control[DCCH] RRC
intra-frequency cell list for cell 3/2, removal of cell 1’s neighbour cell list,
reporting criteria events 1A, 1B, 1C
CELL_DCH cell 3, cell 2
Active Set
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT54
5.1. Soft Handover (3 – radio link deletion)
UE
RNC
Measurement Report[DCCH] RRC
trigger event = 1B for cell 2, measured results
Active Set Update[DCCH] RRC
cell removal info radio link id cell 2
Active Set Update Complete[DCCH] RRC
Measurement Control[DCCH] RRC
removal of cell 2’s neighbour cell list, reporting criteria events 1A, 1B, 1C
CELL_DCH cell 3
Active Set
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT55
5. Radio Management Procedures
5.2. Packet Radio Bearer Management
• UE is UTRA connected and PMM_Connected,
• PDP context is active and RAB exists for it
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT56
5.2. Packet Radio Bearer Management (1)
UE
RNC
SGSN
Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RRC
RRC state = CELL_PCH/URA_PCH, radio bearer identitiy to release
Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
Packet PDU Transmission
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
RB Inactivity Timer
CELL_PCH|URA_PCH
Expiry of all
Inactivity Timers
uplink PDP PDU
Cell Update[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, cause = uplink data transmission
Cell Update Confirm[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACG, radio bearer to set up
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT57
5.2. Packet Radio Bearer Management (2)
UE
RNC
SGSN
Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RRC
RRC state = CELL_PCH/URA_PCH, radio bearer identitiy to release
Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RRC
Packet PDU Transmission
RB Inactivity Timer
CELL_PCH|URA_PCH
Expiry of all
Inactivity Timers
Alexander SeifarthJune 1, 2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT58
5.2. Packet Radio Bearer Management (3)
UE
RNC
SGSN
Paging Type 1[PCCH] RRC
U-RNTI
Packet PDU Transmission
Cell Update[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, cause = paging response
Cell Update Confirm[CCCH] RRC
U-RNTI, RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACG, radio bearer to set up
Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC
CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
Packet PDU Transmission
Packet PDU Transmission
RB Inactivity Timer

Umts call-flows

  • 1.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20051 Module 01 UE-UTRAN Signalling Protocols Version 0.0.1 (07/02/2005) Author: Alexander Seifarth (a.seifarth@techcom.de)
  • 2.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20052 1. Network Architecture
  • 3.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20053 1. Network Architecture 1.1. Top Level Network Architecture
  • 4.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20054 1.1. Top Level Network Architecture UE UTRAN (UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network) UTRAN (UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network) CN (Core Network) CN (Core Network) Uu Iu Access Protocols Access Protocols Non Access Protocols intra-UTRAN protocols intra-CN protocols
  • 5.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20055 1.1. Top Level Network Architecture UMTS inherits its top level network architecture from second generation mobile communication networks. Any UMTS network can be divided into three major network subsystems: • UE (User Equipment): The UE is built from Mobile Equipment (ME) providing all required hard- and software to gain access to the network and a UMTS Subscriber Identity Module (USIM). In other words the UE is a 3G enabled cell phone. • UTRAN (UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network): The major change of UMTS compared to second generation systems like GSM is the radio access technology. Instead of the classical GSM BSS (Base Station Subsystem) using TDMA/FDMA radio access there is now UTRAN utilizing CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access). UTRAN currently comes in three different flavours – FDD mode, TDD mode and low chip rate TDD mode. (This script focuses on FDD mode). • CN (Core Network): The core network is the same for GSM and UMTS. It is responsible to provide telecommunication services like mobility handling, circuit switched call services, packet switched data services and messaging service. The CN can be split into domains – the CS domain and the packet switched domain. Several signalling protocols provide the communication facilities between these subsystems. To establish the basic communication links (access links) between UE-UTRAN and UTRAN-CN there are access signalling protocols between these subsystems. On the other hand for telecom services there are protocols between UE and CN for mobility management, CS call management, PDP context management, SMS, etc. These protocols belong to the so called non- access signalling protocols. These non-access protocols are exchanged between UE and CN directly. UTRAN must transparently pass signalling messages from non-access signalling protocols from UE to CN and vice versa. Obviously there are also protocols inside UTRAN and inside CN. These are labelled intra-UTRAN or intra-CN protocols respectively.
  • 6.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20056 1. Network Architecture 1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces
  • 7.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20057 1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces Node B UE RNC Node B Iub Iub RNC Iur Iub Node B RNS RNS BSC BTS BSS Uu MSC/VLR Server#1 SGSN #1 SGSN #L MSC/VLR Server#N . . . . . . CS MGW #1 CS MGW #K Iu-CS Iu-PS Iu-PS A Gb CS-CN PS-CN
  • 8.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20058 1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces UTRAN is composed of two different network elements: • RNC (Radio Network Controller): The RNC is responsible for all radio management tasks inside of UTRAN. This includes channel allocation/modification/removal, handover procedures, security functions, etc. • Node B: The Node B serves one or more cells. The tasks of the Node B is to terminated the physical layer (WCDMA FDD) and convert it to the transport protocol on the Iub interface towards RNC. In other words the Node B is a relay point. Anything above the radio physical layer must pass transparently through the Node B. Between RNC and Node B there is the Iub interface. Its task is to transfer data (user data, signalling) between UE and RNC. Furthermore there is an optional interface Iur between two RNC. The Iur interface is related to soft handover procedures. This interface is similar to the Iub interface used for transparent transfer of data between UE and the so called serving RNC. For the connection between UTRAN and CN there is the Iu interface defined. It comes in two different versions – Iu-CS for the connectivity between RNC and MSC (MSC server, CS Media Gateway MGW) and Iu-PS for RNC-SGSN communication. The Iu interfaces shall transfer user data (CS speech calls, CS data calls, PDP context data), non-access signalling to and from the UE and access signalling between RNC and MSC/SGSN. Iu, Iub and Iur interfaces are currently based on ATM as transport layer technology, but also IP may be used. The IP based UTRAN is already specified. In parallel to UTRAN the classical GSM BSS may still be used together with UTRAN. Thus the core network still provides connectivity for A and Gb interface. Note that in future releases also the GSM BSS may be based on Iu interfaces rather than the old second generation protocols.
  • 9.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20059 1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces Serving RNC Drift RNC SGSN MSC Server CS-MGW Node B Node B Node B UE Drift RNC • relay between Iur and Iub • splitting/combining function [optional] • local admission control Serving RNC • radio management (handover decision, channel de/allocation • NAS message relay • Iu management • backward error correction • splitting/combination function • local and global admission control Iur IubIubIub Iu-PSIu-CS
  • 10.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200510 1.2. Network Elements and Interfaces A UE can be in one of two states: • IDLE: A UE in IDLE mode has no connectivity to UTRAN, in other words there is no signalling relation with an RNC and of course no radio resources are allocated for the UE. • CONNECTED: A CONNECTED mode UE has a signalling relation with an RNC which performs all radio management tasks for this UE. This special RNC is called the serving RNC (S-RNC) for the UE. A single UE has in CONNECTED mode exactly one serving RNC, in IDLE mode there is no serving RNC for the UE. During soft handover procedures it can happen, that a UE is connected with a cell that does not belong to the serving RNC’s area. The RNC managing this cell is called a drift RNC (D-RNC). A D-RNC must have an Iur interface to the serving RNC of the UE. The drift RNC must not perform radio management procedures for the UE, this is task of the serving RNC. The drift RNC provides functionality to relay data between serving RNC and UE. In other words the drift RNC is a Iub/Iur relay. In some RNC equipment also functionality to combine and split data streams to/from a UE during soft handover can be provided.
  • 11.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200511 1. Network Architecture 1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols Overview
  • 12.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200512 1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols UE Node B RNC RNC MSC/VLR Server SGSN Iu-CS Iu-PS Uu Iub IubUu Iur RRCRRC RNSAPRNSAP RANAPRANAP RANAPRANAP Iu-CS ALCAPALCAP NBAPNBAP ALCAPALCAP ALCAPALCAP WCDMAWCDMA CS-MGW
  • 13.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200513 1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols There are some main functional protocols within UTRAN that implement the UMTS specific operations. These protocols are: • RRC (Radio Resource Control): The RRC protocol is exchanged between UE and serving RNC. It provides functions for radio channel management, handover, security functions, measurements, etc. • RANAP (Radio Access Network Application Part): RANAP is the main protocol on the Iu interfaces. MSC server and SGSN use RANAP signalling messages to allocated radio access bearers and to handle relocation of the serving RNC. • NBAP (Node B Application Part): NBAP is the control protocol on the Iub interface. It allows the RNC to command the Node B to allocate or delete channels on the air interface, to transport Node B measurements to the RNC. Although there is a detailed specification of NBAP, most of all available UTRAN equipment implements a propriety version of NBAP. • RNSAP (Radio Access Network Application Part): RNSAP is used on Iur interface, thus it is an open protocol. The RNSAP protocol extends the NBAP protocol, so that a serving RNC can allocate radio resources on cells owned by a drift RNC. Some other functions of RNSAP concern the relocation of the serving RNC function and packet data forwarding from old to new RNC over Iur. The mentioned protocols RRC, NBAP, RANAP, RNSAP are UTRAN specific protocols. On Iub, Iur and Iu-CS interfaces real- time data streams will be transported. Thus before such a real-time data stream can be transferred, an appropriate transmission bearer must be allocated on the transport network, this requires another protocol: • ALCAP (Access Link Control Application Part): The term ALCAP is a generic “placeholder” for a transport network specific control protocol to allocate transport bearers for delay sensitive data. In case of ATM-AAL2 transport network the ACLAP is the ITU-T protocol Q.2630 (AAL type 2 signalling protocol). If IP/UDP is used instead, the ALCAP is not defined, because in IP/UDP there is no resource allocation defined.
  • 14.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200514 RNC RNS 1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols UE MSC/VLR Server SGSN MMMM CCCC SSSS SMSSMS GMMGMM SMSM SMSSMS PS dataPS data CS dataCS data CS-MGW NAS Signalling Relay
  • 15.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200515 1.3. UTRAN/UE Main Functional Protocols The non-access signalling protocols between UE and MSC server/SGSN are the direct transfer application part (DTAP) protocols known from GSM/GPRS. For the CS services there are: • MM (Mobility Management): This protocols provides location area update, authentication, IMSI detach procedures and some others (e.g. identity request, MM information). • CC (Call Control): Here we find mobile originated and mobile terminated call setup, local and remote call release, as well as call related supplementary services, mid-call modification and DTMF interaction. • SS (Supplementary Services): This protocol allows to trigger non-call related supplementary services like USSD, management of call forwarding and call barring, etc. For PS core network the following protocols are used: • GMM (GPRS Mobility Management): This protocol defines GPRS attach, GPRS detach, routing area update, authentication, service request and some other procedures (e.g. identity request, GMM information). • SM (Session Management): The SM protocol provides the functionality for PDP context activation, PDP context deactivation and PDP context modification. For PS and CS core network domain the short messaging service is possible. The protocols for SMS are identical for both domains: • SMS (Short Message Service): The SMS protocol suite consists of SM-CP (Short Message Control Protocol), SM-RP (Short Message Relay Protocol), SM-TL (Short Message Transfer Layer) and SM-AL (Short Message Application Layer).
  • 16.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200516 1. Network Architecture 1.4. UTRAN Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces
  • 17.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200517 1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iu-CS Serving RNC MSC/VLR Server CS-MGW Iu-CS (control plane) Iu-CS (user + transport network control plane) RANAPRANAP ALCAPALCAPSCCPSCCP MTP3BMTP3B SAALSAAL SAALSAAL SAALSAAL ATMATM AAL2AAL2AAL2AAL2. . . . . . PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC MMMM CCCC SSSS SMSSMS Iu UP Iu UP Iu UP Iu UP . . . Iu UP Iu UP Iu UP Iu UP . . . CS call data User PlaneTransport Network Control Plane Control Plane
  • 18.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200518 1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iu-CS On the Iu-CS interface the main functionality is to transfer CS call (speech, video, data) between RNC and CS media gateway (CS-MGW). CS user data is carried over the Iu UP (Iu User Plane) protocol from RNC to CS-MGW and vice versa. The Iu UP protocol supports codecs with multiple data rate modes like the AMR codec. Each application has its own Iu UP instance which is carried as AAL2 call inside a AAL2 virtual channel. To allocate AAL2 calls inside a AAL2 virtual channel the establishment procedure of the ALCAP protocol (Q.2630) must be used. In the same way when the application terminates, the associated AAL2 call must be released by ALCAP’s release procedure. Thus the ALCAP protocol is required between RNC and CS-MGW. The UMTS specific higher layer control of radio access bearers the AAL2 call belongs to the RANAP protocol is used. RANAP uses the SCCP (Signalling Connection Control Part) for virtual signalling connection between RNC and MSC server to identify a single UE. For signalling message transfer MTP3B (Message Transfer Part level 3 Broadband) is used. This is commonly known as broadband or high speed SS7. MTP3B provides routing facilities between RNC, MSC server and CS-MGW. The transmission is done on one or more high speed SS7 signalling links. Such high speed links are provided via SAAL (Signalling ATM Adaptation Layer) protocol instances. Each SAAL represents one ATM virtual channels together with retransmission functionality to increase transmission reliability. The non-access signalling protocol for the circuit switched side (MM, CC, SS, SMS) are carried over RANAP.
  • 19.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200519 1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iu-PS Serving RNC SGSNIu-PS (control plane, user plane) RANAPRANAP SCCPSCCP MTP3BMTP3B SAALSAAL SAALSAAL SAALSAAL ATMATM AAL5AAL5AAL5AAL5. . . . . . PVC PVC PVC PVC PVC GMMGMM SMSM SMSSMS PS call data (PDP Contexts) User PlaneControl Plane IPIP UDPUDP GTP-UGTP-U . . .
  • 20.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200520 1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iu-PS On Iu-PS user data consists of PDP context packets. PDP context data is transferred over the GTP-U (GPRS Tunnelling Protocol – User plane). GTP-U provides so called GTP-U tunnels which are used to identify subscriber and PDP context and to route PDP context data correspondingly. The GTP-U protocol uses IP/UDP as transport layer. The IP layer routes between RNC and SGSN. In an ATM environment IP is transmitted over one or more AAL5 virtual channels. The control stack is similar to Iu-CS. The RANAP protocol is used between SGSN and RNC to allocate radio access bearer services for PDP contexts. There is no ALCAP on Iu-PS because AAL2 is not used here. Obviously the non-access signalling protocols on Iu-PS are different to Iu-CS. Between RNC and SGSN we can find GMM, SM and SMS on RANAP.
  • 21.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200521 1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iub RNCNode BUE Uu Iub NBAPNBAP ALCAPALCAP TrCH FP TrCH FP TrCH FP TrCH FP TrCH FP TrCH FP SAALSAAL ATMATM PVC SAALSAAL PVC ... ALCAPALCAP... SAALSAAL PVC SAALSAAL PVC ... AAL2AAL2 PVC AAL2AAL2 PVC ... ... ... Control Plane Transport Network Control Plane User Plane Transport Channel Data
  • 22.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200522 1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iub On the Iub interface data (user data and signalling) to and from the UE must be transported transparently. This UE-RNC is data is transferred in form of so called transport channels TrCH. Each transport channel is carried over Iub in a Frame Protocol (FP). Each such frame protocol FP uses a single AAL2 call inside a AAL2 virtual channel as transport resource. To allocate a AAL2 call for a frame protocol instance, again the ALCAP protocol is required. The ALCAP is carried over a single SAAL ATM virtual channel. Dependent on the RNC/Node B vendor also one or several ALCAP instances might be used on Iub. The main protocol on Iub, the NBAP protocol, may also be split into several parts. Again this depends on the equipment vendor. Thus one or more SAAL ATM virtual channels are required to transfer NBAP messages over the Iub interface.
  • 23.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200523 1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iur Drift RNCNode BUE Uu Iub RNSAPRNSAP TrCH FP TrCH FP TrCH FP TrCH FP TrCH FP TrCH FP SAALSAAL ATMATM PVC SAALSAAL PVC ALCAPALCAP SAALSAAL PVC ... AAL2AAL2 PVC AAL2AAL2 PVC ... ... ... Control Plane Transport Network Control Plane User Plane Transport Channel Data Serving RNCIur SCCPSCCP MTP3BMTP3B
  • 24.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200524 1.4. Protocol Stacks on Iux Interfaces – Iur The Iur interface is comparable to Iub with two differences. First instead of NBAP the RNSAP protocol is used. The second difference is that RNSAP and ALCAP use broadband SS7 for transfer and routing of signalling messages between serving RNC and drift RNC.
  • 25.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200525 2. Radio Protocol Architecture and Channels
  • 26.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200526 2. Radio Protocol Architecture and Channels 2.1. Radio Protocol Architecture
  • 27.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200527 2.1. Radio Protocol Architecture WCDMA Physical Layer (FDD)WCDMA Physical Layer (FDD) #1 #2 #n Medium Access Control (MAC)Medium Access Control (MAC) Transport Channels (TrCH) Physical Channels (PhCH)#1 #k RF #1 #x #y #z RLCRLC RLCRLC... RLCRLC RLCRLC... #y2 RLCRLC BMCBMCPDCPPDCP #1 #x #y #z#y2 RRCRRC ... MMMM GMMGMM SMSM CCCC SSSS SMSSMS NAS Protocols CS App CS App PS PDP Ctx. PS PDP Ctx. CB SMS App CB SMS App #y1 RLCRLC #y1 Logical Channels (LogCH) Radio Bearer (RB) ... ... RAB RAB
  • 28.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200528 2.1. Radio Protocol Architecture The UMTS radio protocol architecture as it is implemented in the UE has the following protocols: • WCDMA Physical Layer: The physical layer offers bit transport services in form of so called transport channel TrCH. To transmit TrCH data over the air the physical layer has access to physical channels PhCH. A PhCH represents the physical resource and is identified by frequency, scrambling code and channelization code (plus some additional parameters for certain channels). • Medium Access Control (MAC): MAC protocol has the task to include or check UE identifiers on transport channels that are shared between several UE (common transport channels). The transport services are offered to higher layers in form of logical channels LogCH. Thus the MAC also has to multiplex and demultiplex logical channels onto or from transport channels. • Radio Link Control (RLC): To each logical channel there is one RLC instance. The RLC belongs to a single radio bearer (RB) which represents the transmission resource for a layer 3 application (codec, RRC protocol, PDP context). The RLC protocol offers reliability in form of sequence numbering and backward error correction. Typically one RLC belongs to one logical channel, but for acknowledged mode one RLC instance can also utilize two logical channels. • Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDPC): This protocol is applicable for radio bearers belonging to PDP contexts only. The protocol performs IP header compression and optionally also IP datagram numbering. • Broadcast Multicast Control (BMC): This protocol exists only for cell broadcast SMS radio bearer. This protocol contains the scheduling messages and the basic CB SMS frames. • Radio Resource Control (RRC): The main signalling protocol for radio resource management. For a single application one or more radio bearers have to be allocated. For user applications all radio bearers of a single application are combined in a radio access bearer (RAB).
  • 29.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200529 2. Radio Protocol Architecture and Channels 2.2. Logical Channel Types and their Usage
  • 30.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200530 2.2. Logical Channel Types and their Usage UE Identification in UTRAN Serving RNC Node BUE Uu Iub No UE IdentificationNo UE Identification Layer 1 IdentificationLayer 1 Identification Layer 2 IdentificationLayer 2 Identification Layer 3 IdentificationLayer 3 Identification Case UE Identification in RNC Some information (System Information, CB SMS) does not require a UE identification. UE must have a dedicated physical resource. This resource uniquely identifies the UE for the time the resource is assigned to it. UE uses common resources and identifies itself with a special MAC header identifier (c-RNTI, u-RNTI, dsch- RNTI) on that resource. UE has no dedicated resource and no assigned MAC header identifier, but uses common resources (RRC signalling only). The RRC message must contain a UE identifier as layer 3 parameter.
  • 31.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200531 2.2. Logical Channel Types and their Usage BCCHBCCH PCCHPCCH CCCHCCCH DCCHDCCH DTCHDTCH CTCHCTCH Logical Channel Types Control Channels Traffic Channels Broadcast Control Channel [dl, ptm] System Information broadcast; downlink channel; no UE specific information Paging Control Channel [dl, ptm] Point-to-multipoint paging procedure (Paging Type 1) UE identification by RRC message itself Common Control Channel [ul+dl, ptp] Point-to-point RRC signalling on common resource when no MAC identifier available Dedicated Control Channel [ul+dl, ptp] Point-to-point RRC signalling on common or dedic. resource with MAC identifier available (on common resource) Dedicated Traffic Channel [ul|dl|ul+dl, ptp] Point-to-point data (CS data, CS speech, PS data) on common or dedicated resource (requires MAC-ID on common resource). Common Traffic Channel [dl (currently), ptm] Used for cell broadcast SMS. Thus no UE-ID. ptm: point-to-multipoint ptp: point-to-point dl: downlink ul: uplink
  • 32.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200532 2.2. Logical Channel Types and their Usage For FDD mode the following logical channel types are defined: • BCCH (Broadcast Control Channel): The BCCH carries the cell’s system information, which are RRC messages (System Information Blocks, Master Information Block). The BCCH is not associated with a radio bearer. • PCCH (Paging Control Channel): The PCCH carries RRC messages ‘Paging Type 1’. This message type is used to page a UE or to indicate system information changes. Like the BCCH there is no radio bearer associated with the PCCH. • CCCH (Common Control Channel): The CCCH is a bi-directional RRC signalling channel where layer 3 identification is required. The UE uses CCCH signalling at the beginning of communication when no DCCH is available. Only radio bearer RB 0 is attached to CCCH. RB 0 is configured via system information, because it works as a start up point. • DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel): The normal bi-directional RRC signalling and also rate control signalling is exchanged on a DCCH. Every DCCH is associated with its own radio bearer which must be configured via explicit RRC signalling from RNC to UE. On DCCH only layer 1 or layer 2 identification is allowed. • DTCH (Dedicated Traffic Channel): CS call data (speech, video, data) as well as PDP context data is carried over DTCH. Like for DCCH also on DTCH layer 1 or layer 2 identification is required, layer 3 identification is not possible. • CTCH (Common Traffic Channel): This channel type is currently used for cell broadcast SMS (CB SMS) only. It should be obvious that any DTCH or CTCH requires an associated radio bearer. Such radio bearers are granted via RRC procedure from the RNC to the UE.
  • 33.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200533 2. Radio Protocol Architecture and Channels 2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage
  • 34.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200534 2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage Node B UE UE WCDMA FDD cell dedicated physical channels common physical channel Dedicated TrCHDedicated TrCH UE Dedicated TrCHDedicated TrCH Dedicated TrCHDedicated TrCH Common TrCHCommon TrCH Common TrCHCommon TrCH Common TrCH • mapped onto shared physical resources • multiple UE can be assigned to same physical resource • requires Layer 2 identification for DCCH, DTCH • requires Layer 3 identification for CCCH, PCCH [opt] Dedicated TrCH • mapped onto dedicated physical resources • only one UE can use the physical resource • automatically provides Layer 1 identification for the UE assigned to the channel • used with DCCH and DTCH
  • 35.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200535 2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage 1 BCHBCH PCHPCH RACHRACH FACHFACH Transport Channel Types Common Channels Broadcast Channel [dl, 1/cell] Carries BCCH. Paging Channel [dl, ≦16/cell] Carries PCCH. Random Access Channel [ul, ≦16/cell] Can carry CCCH, DCCH and DTCH. Minimum SF is 32 and maximum transmission time is 10|20 ms. Forward Access Channel [dl, ≦16/cell] Can carry CCCH, DCCH, DTCH, BCCH and CTCH. Minimum SF is 4. dl: downlink ul: uplink DSCHDSCH CPCHCPCH HS-DSCHHS-DSCH Downlink Shared Channel [dl, ≦?/cell] Common Packet Channel [ul, ≦64/cell] High Speed DSCH [dl, ≦16/cell] Carries DCCH and DTCH. A DSCH is always used together with one or more DCH. Carries DCCH and DTCH. Minimum SF is 4 and maximum transmission time is 80 ms. Carries DCCH and DTCH. Can switch between QPSK and 16QAM on physical channel.
  • 36.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200536 2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage 2 DCHDCH Transport Channel Types Dedicated Channels Dedicated Channel [ul|dl] One DCH can carry one or more DCCH or one DCH can carry one or more DTCH.
  • 37.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200537 2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage A single transport channel has a certain characteristics that describes how bits are transmitted over the air interfaces. This concerns bit rate, delay and reliability. A special characteristics is whether the associated physical channel used for transport channel data transmission is dedicated to a single UE or must be shared between several UE. This means that we have two groups of transport channels – dedicated TrCH and common TrCH. Common transport channels are created during cell setup or O&M triggered cell reconfiguration. In UMTS FDD mode we have the following common transport channels: • BCH (Broadcast Channel): There is exactly one BCH per cell and it is used to carry BCCH. The format of a BCH is fixed by specification so that any UE camping on a cell can read the BCH. • PCH (Paging Channel): A PCH carries PCCH. A cell may have up to 16 PCH by specification. A UE selects a PCH depending on subscriber identity. • RACH (Random Access Channel): The random access channel is used to carry CCCH, DCCH, DTCH in the uplink. In case of CCCH any UE in the cell can freely access the RACH, for DCCH/DTCH a UE has to get permission from the RNC to do so. Especially it is so that for DCCH/DTCH on RACH the UE needs a temporary identifier (C-RNTI) for layer 2 identification. • FACH (Forward Access Channel): The FACH is the downlink response channel to the RACH. It is used to carry CCCH, DCCH, DTCH, CTCH and BCCH. For DCCH/DTCH on FACH the already mentioned C-RNTI is required. Note that there is no fixed timing relationship between transmission on RACH and reception on FACH. Rather a UE that uses RACH/FACH the FACH must be monitored permanently. • CPCH (Common Packet Channel): The CPCH is working like the RACH, but is used for DCCH and DTCH only. Compared to the RACH the CPCH allows higher bit rates and longer transmission periods – thus a higher throughput can be achieved on CPCH.
  • 38.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200538 2.3. Transport Channel Types and their Usage • DSCH (Downlink Shared Channel): The downlink shared channel shall be used for packet data in the downlink. The channel allows multiplexing of DCCH/DTCH of several UE using time and code multiplexing mechanisms. This shall increase resource usage efficiency. • HS-DSCH (High Speed Downlink Shared Channel): This channel is one of the new features in UMTS Release 5. The HS-DSCH has the same function like the normal DSCH. DCCH/DTCH of several UE shall be multiplexed – again time and code multiplexing is used. The special thing is, that the physical resource allocation and the multiplexing is handled at the Node B, not at the RNC. Furthermore the associated physical channel allows switch between QPSK and 16QAM. In contrast to this the dedicated transport channels which are assigned to a single UE will be created and deleted during normal operation using NBAP/RNSAP- and RRC-procedures. There is only one dedicated transport channel type defined: • DCH (Dedicated Channel): The dedicated channel carries either several (or one) DCCH or several (or one) DTCH. Obviously several logical channels on a DCH belong to the same UE. Thus the DCH is the only case where layer 1 identification is in use. A UE can have several DCH simultaneously. A single DCH is either uplink or downlink.
  • 39.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200539 2. Radio Protocol Architecture and Channels 2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage
  • 40.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200540 2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 1 P-SCHP-SCH S-SCHS-SCH P-CPICHP-CPICH Physical Channel Types Synchronisation Channels Primary Synchr. Channel [dl, 1/cell] Transmits Primary Synchr. Code (PSC) to detect cell. Secondary Synchr. Channel [dl, 1/cell] Transmits a Secondary Synchr. Code sequence to identify scrambling code group and radio frame start. Primary Common Pilot CH [dl, 1/cell] Transmits a pre-defined symbol sequence (all –1) with the primary dl scrambling code of the cell. dl: downlink ul: uplink S-CPICHS-CPICH P-CCPCHP-CCPCH Secondary CPICH [dl, 0...15/cell] Primary Common Control Physical Channel [dl, 1/cell] Transmits a pre-defined symbol sequence with one the 15 possible secondary scrambling codes of cell. Carries BCH with BCCH. Always scrambled by primary dl scrambling code of the cell. Measurement Reference Channels System Information Broadcast
  • 41.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200541 2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 2 S-CCPCHS-CCPCH PICHPICH PRACHPRACH Physical Channel Types PhCH for FACH and PCH Secondary Common Control Physical Channel [dl, ≦ 16/cell] Carries either 1) FACH only, 2) PCH only or 3) FACH + PCH multiplexed. Paging Indicator Channel [dl, ≦ 16/cell] Contains paging indicators for discontinuous reception (DRX) in association with a PCH. Physical Random Access Channel [ul, ≦ 16/cell] Consists of a preamble part to perform open loop power control and a data part transferring RACH data. dl: downlink ul: uplink AICHAICH Acquisition Indicator Channel [dl, ≦ 16/cell] Associated with a single PRACH. Carries the preamble responses (acquisition indications). PhCH for RACH
  • 42.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200542 2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 3 DPCHDPCH DPCCHDPCCH PDSCHPDSCH Physical Channel Types PhCH for DCH Dedicated Physical Channel [dl, dynamical allocation] Carries one or several DCH of a single UE and physical layer information (TPC, pilot bits, TFCI). Data rate ≦1860 kpbs (SF=4). [Physical channel bit rate] Dedicated Physical Ctrl CH [ul, dynamical allocation] [ 1/UE] Carries physical layer information from a single UE to Node B (TPC, pilot bits, TFCI, FBI). SF=256 fix. Physical Downlink Shared Channel [dl, dynamical allocation of codes] Carries a DSCH with DCCH/DTCH of several UE multiplexed by time and channelization codes. Data rate ≦ 1920 kbps (SF=4).[Physical channel bit rate] dl: downlink ul: uplink DPCHDPCH Dedicated Physical Channel [dl, dynamical allocation] A PSDCH must be used by together with DPCH by a UE. The DPCH contains physical layer control bits. PhCH for DSCH DPDCHDPDCH Dedicated Physical Data CH [ul, dynamical allocation] [≦6/UE] Carries one or several DCH of a single UE to Node B. Data rate ≦ 960 kpbs (SF=4). [Physical channel bit rate]
  • 43.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200543 2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 4 PCPCHPCPCH AP-AICHAP-AICH CSICHCSICH Physical Channel Types PhCH for CPCH Physical Common Packet Channel [ul] Carries CPCH with DCCH/DTCH of several UE multiplexed by time (asynchronous) and CPCH access preambles, collision detection preambles and power control preambles. Data rate ≦960 kpbs (SF=4) for max. 80 ms. Access Preamble Acquisition Indicator CH [dl] Gives positive or negative acquisition indications to CPCH access preambles for CPCH access preambles. CPCH Status Indicator CH [dl] Gives status indications about availability/non- availability of CPCH resources. dl: downlink ul: uplink CD/CA-ICHCD/CA-ICH Collision Detection/ Channel Assignment Indicator Channel [dl] Gives collision indications or channel assignment indications (code alloc.) for CPCH collision preambles. DPCHDPCH Dedicated Physical CH [dl] Carries physical layer control bits (TPC) used for closed loop power control of PCPCH.
  • 44.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200544 2.4. Physical Channels and their Usage 5 HS-PDSCHHS-PDSCH HS-SCCHHS-SCCH Physical Channel Types PhCH for HS-DSCH High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel [dl, ≦ 15/cell] Carries a HS-DSCH with DCCH/DTCH of several UE. Fixed spreading factor 16. Up to 15 HS-PDSCH may be used in parallel. Can switch between QPSK and 16QAM. Single HS-PDSCHData rate =960 kpbs (16QAM) and =480 kbps (QPSK). HS-DSCH related Shared Control Channel [dl, ≦4 per HS-DSCH] On this channel the physical layer assigns a UE the HS-PDSCH for the next transmission period. dl: downlink ul: uplink HS-DPCCHHS-DPCCH Dedicated Physical CH [ul, 1 per UE on HS-DSCH] Transmits quality indicator (C/I) and acknowledgements for received data on HS-PDSCH from UE to Node B.
  • 45.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200545 2. Radio Protocol Architecture and Channels 2.5. Radio Bearers (RB) and Radio Access Bearers (RAB)
  • 46.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200546 2.5. RB and RAB - Architecture RB 1 R R C RB 2 RB 3 RB 4 R R C A M R RB 5 RB 6 RB 7 RB 8 Rate control Iu UP UE Serving RNC RAB subflow 1 RAB subflow 2 RAB subflow 3 MSC Server CS-MGW Iu UP AMR A B C A B C SGSN PDP Ctx. 1 RB 9 PDP Context 1 RAB (CS) RAB (PS) RAB (PS) PDP Ctx. 2 PDP Context 2
  • 47.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200547 2.5. RB and RAB - Architecture Transmission resources for telecommunication services in UMTS are handled on several levels – each network subsystem is responsible for its own resources. This allows to handle transmission resources on different time scales. As shown in the section about the radio protocol architecture within UTRAN each application uses one or more so called Radio Bearers (RB). Radio bearers are used for signalling (RRC protocol messages, rate control signalling) as well as for user data applications (CS calls, PDP contexts). But user data applications have to be terminated by the core network. Thus for each active application the core network establishes one so called Radio Access Bearer (RAB). A RAB can be considered as a virtual transmission resource between UE and CN. Depending on the application a single RAB can utilize one or more radio bearers. For PDP contexts it is even possible to have a RAB without radio bearer. Note that a PDP context can be active with and also without radio access bearer. The SGSN removes or reallocates the RAB by timer supervision. Whereas the radio bearers are removed and reallocated by the RNC also by timer supervision.
  • 48.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200548 2.5. RB and RAB – RRC Radio Bearer Usage RRCRRC MACMAC PHYPHY MMMM GMMGMM SMSM CCCC SSSS SMSSMS NAS Protocols high priority signalling transfer low priority signalling transfer RB 0 RLC (UL:TM; DL:UM) CCCH RB 1 RLC (UL/DL:UM) DCCH 1 RB 2 RLC (UL/DL:AM) DCCH 2 RB 3 RLC (UL/DL:AM) DCCH 3 RB 4 RLC (UL/DL:AM) DCCH 4 UL-TrCHDL-TrCH
  • 49.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200549 2.5. RB and RAB – RRC Radio Bearer Usage The RRC protocol has to use radio bearers for the transmission of its signalling messages. The very first radio bearer RB 0 is special, because it is configured via system information (BCCH) and acts as a start up item for signalling. RB 0 is always mapped to CCCH and is thus found on RACH and FACH. For normal signalling (DCCH) there are RB 1, RB 2, RB 3 and RB 4. RB 1 and RB 2 are used for radio management procedures only, whereas RB 3 and RB 4 are to be used for non-access signalling (CN procedures). The difference between RB 1 and RB 2 is the mode of the associated RLC protocol instance. RB 1 is always running with unacknowledged mode, RB 2 always uses acknowledged mode. RB 3 and RB 4 have to use acknowledged mode, their difference is the priority. RB 3 is for high priority CN signalling (MM, GMM, SM, CC, SS). In contrast to that RB 4 is for low priority signalling (SMS).
  • 50.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200550 2. Radio Protocol Architecture and Channels 2.6. Channel Configuration Scenario
  • 51.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200551 DL 2.6. Channel Configuration Scenario RB 1 UM DCCH 1 RB 2 AM DCCH 2 RB 3 AM DCCH 3 RB 4 AM DCCH 4 RB 5 TM DTCH 1 RB 6 TM DTCH 2 RB 7 TM DTCH 3 RB 8 TM DCCH 5 RB 9 UM|AM DTCH 5 PDCP RLC RRCRRC MM, GMM, CC, SS, SM, SMSMM, GMM, CC, SS, SM, SMS AMR codecAMR codec PDP Ctx.PDP Ctx. MAC DCH #31 DCH #0 DCH #1 DCH #2 DCH #3 DCH #4 A B C frame header PHY UE with one variable rate AMR CS call, 1 PDP context (active data transfer) DPCH DPCCH DPDCH UL
  • 52.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200552 2.6. Channel Configuration Scenario The scenario shown here presents the configuration of a UE in UTRA connected mode with two services running: • one AMR speech call with variable bit rate, • one PDP context with active data transfer. The UE uses several radio bearers RB1, …, RB4 for RRC signalling. Obviously these radio bearers are DCCH. For the AMR codec also four radio bearers are required. RB 5, …, RB 7 carry the encoded speech data in form of the codec’s A, B and C bits. Every 20 ms the codec produces one set of A, B and C bits. Together with the codec frame header which are mapped to RB 8 they form the AMR codec frame. The frame header is essential for rate control of AMR codecs. For the PDP context there is at most one radio bearer RB 9 required. RB 5, 6, 7 and 9 are mapped to DTCH, whereas the radio bearer RB 8 for the AMR codec frame header is DCCH. All RRC signalling radio bearers RB 1, …, RB 4 are multiplexed onto the same DCH (UL-DCH + DL-DCH). RB 5, 6, 7 and 8 belong to the codec but require different reliability settings. Thus they are mapped each to their own DCH (UL/DL). The same is true for the PDP context’s radio bearer RB 9, it also gets its own DCH. On the physical layer all DCH can be multiplexed to a single DPDCH in the uplink and a DPCH in the downlink. If the data rate exceeds the capacity of single DPDCH or DPCH, several physical channels might be used in parallel.
  • 53.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20051 Module 02 Radio Layer 2 Protocols MAC, RLC, PDCP Version 0.0.1 (10/02/2005) Author: Alexander Seifarth (a.seifarth@techcom.de)
  • 54.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20052 1. Transport Channel Configuration
  • 55.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20053 1. Transport Channel Configuration 1.1. Transport Formats (TF) and Transport Format Sets (TFS)
  • 56.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20054 1.1. TF and TFS – Transport Blocks and Format MACMAC PHYPHY TrCH x Transport Block TB #0 Transport Block TB #1 Transport Block TB #N-1 . . . Transport Block Set TBS Transport Block Set TBS Transport Block Set TBS Transport Block Set TBS time Transmit Time Interval TTI Transmit Time Interval TTI Transport Format (TF) channel coding algorithm CRC size rate matching attribute TTI TB size (no. of bits) TBS size (no. of TB in TBS)
  • 57.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20055 1.1. TF and TFS – Transport Format Sets channel coding algorithm CRC size rate matching attribute TTI TFI 0 TB size #0 TBS size #0 TFI 1 TB size #1 TBS size #1 TFI K-1 TB size #K-1 TBS size #K-1 . . . Transport Format Set (TFS) | 1.1.1.1.9 ul-AddReconfTransChInfoList | | 1.1.1.1.9.1 uL-AddReconfTransChInformation | |-----0-- |1.1.1.1.9.1.1 ul-TransportChannelType |dch | |***b5*** |1.1.1.1.9.1.2 transportChannelIdentity |32 | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3 transportFormatSet | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1 dedicatedTransChTFS | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1 tti | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1 tti40 | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1 dedicatedDynamicTF-Info | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.1 rlc-Size | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.1.1 octetModeType1 | |***b5*** |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.1.1.1 sizeType1 |16 | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.2 numberOfTbSizeList | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.2.1 numberOfTransportBlocks | | |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.2.1.1 zero |0 | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.3 logicalChannelList | | |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.1.3.1 allSizes |0 |
  • 58.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20056 1.1. TF and TFS – Transport Format Sets | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2 dedicatedDynamicTF-Info | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.1 rlc-Size | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.1 octetModeType1 | |10000--- |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.1.1 sizeType1 |16 | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.2 numberOfTbSizeList | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.1 numberOfTransportBlocks | | |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.1.1 one |0 | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.3 logicalChannelList | | |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.1 allSizes |0 | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2 semistaticTF-Information | | 1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2.1 channelCodingType | |1------- |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2.1.1 convolutional |third | |***b8*** |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2.2 rateMatchingAttribute |185 | |-011---- |1.1.1.1.9.1.3.1.2.3 crc-Size |crc16 |
  • 59.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20057 1.1. TF and TFS – Transport Format Sets Each transport channel has to be configured with a set of transport characteristics that control the data transmission within the channel. Data transmission within a transport channel is organized in so called transport blocks (TB). A single transport block TB contains data from one logical channel. Zero, one or more of these transport blocks (also from different logical channels) are assembled in a single transport block set (TBS). One TBS has to be transmitted every transmission time interval (TTI), which can be 10 ms, 20 ms, 40 ms or 80 ms. The configuration of a single transport channel has to configure the TTI, TB size (bits or octets) and TBS size (in number of transport blocks). Every transport block TB gets in the physical layer its own cyclic redundancy check (CRC). The size of the CRC (CRC Size) which can be 0 bits, 8 bits, 12 bits, 16 bits or 24 bits, is a transport channel configuration parameter too. The transport blocks together with their CRC are channel coded with either a ½ convolutional coding, 1/3 convolutional coding or a 1/3 turbo coding. The type of channel coding is also part of the TrCH configuration parameter. A problem of code division multiple access using OVSF channelization code tree is that the number of bits after channel coding must be adapted to the physical layer frame size. This task is performed by the rate matching function. When too many bits are coming from the channel encoder a puncturing algorithm will be used to reduce the number of bits, when too less bits are available some bits will be repeated. The rate matching algorithm is configured with a single rate matching attribute. These parameters: TB size, TBS size, TTI, CRC size, Channel Coding and Rate Matching Attribute form a so called transport format (TF). A single TBS is transmitted with exactly one TF. Several transport formats TF can be configured in parallel for a single transport channel. All TF of a TrCH are called transport format set (TFS). The physical layer’s architecture requires that all TF of a TFS have the same settings for TTI, CRC size, Channel Coding and Rate Matching Attribute. Whenever a new TrCH shall be created it is the RNC that allocates a TFS for it. The TFS is sent to Node B via NBAP signalling. The UE gets the TFS either via System Information (BCCH) or via explicit RRC signalling on a CCCH or DCCH.
  • 60.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20058 1. Transport Channel Configuration 1.2. Transport Format Combinations TFC
  • 61.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20059 TFS (TrCH 1) 1.2. Transport Format Combinations TFC MACMAC PHYPHY TrCH 1 TrCH 2 TFI 0 TFI 1 TFI 2 TFI 0 TFI 1 TFS (TrCH 2) 0 kbps 8 kbps 0 kbps 16 kbps 32 kbps TrCH 1 TrCH 2TFCI Total TrCH Bit Rate TFI 0 TFI 1 TFI 0 TFI 2 TFI 0TFI 0 TFI 1 TFI 0 TFI 1 TFI 2 TFI 1TFI 1 0 1 2 3 blocked blocked 16 kbps 32 kbps 0 kbps 8 kbps 40 kbps 24 kbps
  • 62.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200510 1.2. Transport Format Combinations TFC A UE can use several transport channels simultaneously. Each transport channel has its own set of transport formats assigned. This means at every time instant every transport channel transmits a TBS using a certain transport format. A set of one transport format for every configured transport channel is a transport format configuration (TFC). Which transport format combinations TFC are permitted is indicated by the RNC to the UE. One major function that uses TFC restrictions is the admission control, because in the end effect each TFC is associated with a certain required transmission power.
  • 63.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200511 2. Medium Access Control MAC
  • 64.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200512 2. Medium Access Control MAC 2.1. MAC Entities
  • 65.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200513 2.1. MAC Entities MAC-b NBAP MAC-c/sh MAC-d MAC-b MAC-c/sh MAC-d NBAP MAC-d MAC-hs MAC-hsHS-DSCH DCH RACH, FACH, DSCH, CPCH,PCH BCH UE RNCNode B
  • 66.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200514 2.1. MAC Entities The MAC protocol is split into several entities: • MAC-b: This entity is responsible for broadcasting the system information downlink. The system information is assembled by the RNC at sent via NBAP messages to the Node B. From here the MAC-b sends this information periodically in the cell. • MAC-c/sh: MAC-c/sh has to manage all common transport and shared logical channels. For DCCH/DTCH on common transport channels this includes identification of the UE with help of special UE identifiers contained in the MAC header. • MAC-d: For DCH as well as DCCH/DTCH the MAC-d entities are responsible. MAC-b and MAC-c/sh are created once per cell, whereas MAC-d is available inside the UE and the serving RNC for each UE. For high speed downlink packet access a new MAC entity is introduced: • MAC-hs: This entity manages the high speed downlink shared channel HS-DSCH. It is implemented in the Node B and gets its data input from MAC-d (serving RNC) directly or indirectly via MAC-c/sh (drift RNC). MAC-hs is especially responsible to perform the scheduling of downlink packet data.
  • 67.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200515 2. Medium Access Control MAC 2.2. MAC – PDU, LogCH Identification, UE Identification on Layer 2
  • 68.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200516 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification MAC-dMAC-d DCH #N PHYPHY DCH case: DxCH #0 DxCH #1 DxCH #K-1 . . . TB #0 (MAC-PDU #0) TB #1 (MAC-PDU #1) TB #L-1 (MAC-PDU #L-1) . . . Transport Block Set TBS MAC Header MAC-SDU = LogCH Data (RLC PDU) MAC - PDU DxCH – number (if K>1) x = T(raffic) | C(ontrol)
  • 69.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200517 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification MAC-c/shMAC-c/sh RACH | FACH | DSCH | CPCH PHYPHY Common TrCH (RACH, FACH, DSCH, CPCH) case: CCCH BCCH| CTCH DxCH #K-1 . . . TB #0 (MAC-PDU #0) TB #1 (MAC-PDU #1) TB #L-1 (MAC-PDU #L-1) . . . Transport Block Set TBS MAC Header MAC-SDU = LogCH Data (RLC PDU) MAC - PDU DxCH – number (if K>1) x = T(raffic) | C(ontrol) DxCH #0 UE-identifier (for DxCH only) LogCH Type from MAC-d
  • 70.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200518 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification Common TrCH (HS-DSCH) case: MAC-dMAC-d HS-DSCH PHYPHY DxCH #0 DxCH #1 DxCH #K-1 . . . MAC-hsMAC-hs MAC-d Flow DxCH – number (if K>1) LogCH Type MAC Header MAC-SDU = LogCH Data (RLC PDU) MAC-d - PDU MAC-d PDU #0 MAC-d PDU #M-1 . . .MAC-hs Header MAC-hs PDU
  • 71.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200519 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification Two major functions are provided by MAC protocol: • explicit UE identification on common transport channels, • multiplexing of logical channels onto/from transport channels. On a DCH the MAC frame provides in its header the DCCH or DTCH logical channel number if more than one logical channel is multiplexed onto the DCH. On common transport channels like RACH, FACH, DSCH, FACH or CPCH the MAC header indicates the type of logical channel that the transport block carries, the UE identity if the logical channel is DCCH or DTCH and if more than one logical channel of the same UE and of the same type is contained the logical channel number. For high speed downlink packet access a single UE can get one or more so called MAC-d flows on Iub interface. Each MAC- d flow corresponds to a so called re-ordering queue. The MAC-d PDU indicates to which logical channel (DTCH) the data belongs to. On the air interface the MAC-hs entity assembles several MAC-d PDU of the same user and bundles them in a MAC-hs PDU. In the MAC-hs PDU the re-ordering queue identity and a sequence number (for retransmission purposes) is contained. Furthermore size indicators for the contained MAC-d PDU are implemented into the MAC-hs PDU.
  • 72.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200520 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification • MAC-PDU (non HS-DSCH) TCTF UE-ID Type UE-ID C/T MAC Header RLC PDU (LogCH Data) • MAC-d PDU (for HS-DSCH) C/T MAC Header RLC PDU (LogCH Data) MAC SDU MAC SDU • MAC PDU (HS-DSCH) MAC-hs Header MAC Header MAC-hs SDUs MAC-d PDU #0 MAC-d PDU #1 MAC-d PDU #N-1 . . . Version Flag Queue ID Seq.No. TSN Size Index Id. #0 No. MAC-d PDUs #0 Flag #0 Size Index Id. #Y No. MAC-d PDUs #Y Flag #Y. . .
  • 73.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200521 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification UE U-RNTI (32 bit)U-RNTI (32 bit) MAC header UE identifier C-RNTI (16 bit)C-RNTI (16 bit) DSCH-RNTI (16 bit)DSCH-RNTI (16 bit) RNC MAC PDU -- (no MAC UE ID)-- (no MAC UE ID) • UE uses CCCH/PCCH/BCCH/CTCH or DCH/HS-DSCH • UE uses DCCH/DTCH on RACH/FACH in a new cell • UE uses DCCH/DTCH on RACH/FACH/ CPCH (not after cell change) • UE uses DCCH/DTCH on DSCH = S-RNC-ID + S-RNTI
  • 74.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200522 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification • TCTF (Target Channel Type Field): Indicates logical channel type that is carried in the MAC header. • UE-ID/UE-ID type: Identifies a UE on common transport channels for DCCH or DTCH. The UE-ID can be u-rnti (umts – radio network temporary identifier), c-rnti (cell-rnti) or dsch-rnti. These identifiers must be allocated for a UE via RRC signalling before their use. • C/T (Channel of Type): If several logical channels of the same type are multiplexed onto the same transport channel, this field is used to distinguish and therefore demultiplex them. The following information elements are used in HS-DSCH frames only: • Version Flag: Currently always set to zero. May be used to allow MAC-hs extensions in future. • Queue ID: Indicates which re-ordering queue inside the UE the data belongs to. This enables independent buffer management for data of different applications. • TSN (Transmission Sequence Number): Sequence number for re-ordering purposes in case of disordering or re- transmission. • SID (Size Index Identifier): Identifies the size of a number of consecutive MAC-d PDU (see next field). The SID is dynamically configured via higher layer signalling and is independent for each re-ordering queue. • Number of MAC-d PDU: Indicates the number of consecutive MAC-d PDU with the same SID. • Flag: If 0 then another SID fields follows, if 1 then the MAC-d PDU part starts after the flag.
  • 75.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200523 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification | 2.2 FP: Transport Block | |0011---- |2.2.1 MAC: C/T Field |Logical Channel 4 | | |2.2.2 MAC: Target Channel Type |DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel) | | |2.2.3 MAC: RLC Mode |Acknowledge Mode | |----0--- |2.2.4 RLC: Data/Control |Control PDU | |-----000 |2.2.5 RLC: PDU Type |STATUS | | |2.2.6 RLC: Acknowledgement Super Field | |0010---- |2.2.6.1 RLC: SUFI Type |Acknowledgement | |**b12*** |2.2.6.2 RLC: Last Sequence Number |2 | | |2.2.7 RLC: Padding | |**b124** |2.2.7.1 RLC: Padding |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B | | | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B | | | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B | | | |'0000000000000000000000000'B | • Example: MAC-PDU (Transport Block) DCCH on DCH
  • 76.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200524 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification | 2 FP: Transport Block | |01------ | 2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |DTCH/DCCH (Dedicated Traffic/Cont... | |--01---- | 2.2 MAC: UE-ID Type |C-RNTI (Cell Radio Network Tempor... | |**b16*** | 2.3 MAC: UE-ID |0 | |----0010 | 2.4 MAC: C/T Field |Logical Channel 3 | | | 2.5 MAC: RLC Mode |Acknowledge Mode | |1------- | 2.6 RLC: Data/Control |Acknowledged mode data PDU | |**b12*** | 2.7 RLC: Sequence Number |1 | |-----1-- | 2.8 RLC: Polling Bit |Request a status report | |------01 | 2.9 RLC: Header extension type |Octet contains LI and E bit | |0001010- | 2.10 RLC: Length Indicator |10 | |-------1 | 2.11 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit | |1111111- | 2.12 RLC: Length Indicator |Rest is padding | |-------0 | 2.13 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data | |**B10*** | 2.14 RLC: Last Data Segment |94 02 08 00 18 00 11 88 10 00 | |***B4*** | 2.15 RLC: Padding |00 00 00 00 | • Example: MAC-PDU (Transport Block) DCCH on FACH
  • 77.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200525 2.2. MAC-PDU, UE/LogCH Identification The two examples show a trace made on Iub interface. They contain MAC PDU on non-high speed channels. The first example shows a transport block on DCH. There is no UE-ID because a DCH is already identifying a UE uniquely. Also there is no TCTF, because on a DCH there can be either DCCH or DTCH but not mixed. The second example shows a transport block on FACH. The TCTF indicates that DCCH is transported, thus a UE-ID is required to assign the dedicated data to a UE. In this case the c-rnti is used.
  • 78.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200526 2. Medium Access Control MAC 2.3. RACH Access Control
  • 79.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200527 2.3. RACH Access Control – Basic Procedure 1(3) UE RNCNode B Uu Iub MAC PHY PHY MAC Acess.Request[PHY] R=random (0≤R<1) IF (R ≤ P) TRUE Wait 10 ms FALSE START P = Persistence Value (SIB 7) M = Preamble Cycle Counter (UE counter) AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH . . . 1st Preamble Cycle Case: No acquisition indication 1) maximum no. of preambles 2) maximum power on PRACH NoAck.Indication[PHY] M= 1
  • 80.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200528 2.3. RACH Access Control – Basic Procedure 2(3) UE RNCNode B Uu Iub MAC PHY PHY MAC Acess.Request[PHY] AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH AI = -1PHY:AICH 2nd Preamble Cycle Case: Negative acquisition indication NAck.Indication[PHY] R=random (0≤R<1) IF (R ≤ P) TRUE Wait 10 ms FALSE M:=M+1 Wait 10 ms
  • 81.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200529 2.3. RACH Access Control – Basic Procedure 3(3) UE RNCNode B Uu Iub MAC PHY PHY MAC Acess.Request[PHY] AccessPreamblePHY:PRACH AI = +1PHY:AICH 3rd Preamble Cycle Case: Positive acquisition indication Ack.Indication[PHY] R=random (0≤R<1) IF (R ≤ P) TRUE Wait 10 ms FALSE M:=M+1 NBO1=random {0 ≤ NBO1min ≤ NBO1 ≤ NBO1max } Wait TBO1 (= NBO1 x 10 ms) Wait 10 ms NBO1min = minimum value for backoff timer 1 (SIB) NBO1max = maximum value for backoff timer 1 (SIB) Data.Request[PHY] RACH DataPHY:PRACH RACH DATARACH-FP
  • 82.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200530 2.3. RACH Access Control – Basic Procedure The MAC layer is in control of the PRACH preamble cycles. This means the MAC layer has to trigger PRACH preamble cycles and to handle negative outcomes of this procedure. Whenever a data transmission on RACH shall be done the MAC layer will first of all generate a random number R and compare it against a so called persistence value P. The persistence value P is coming from system information SIB 7, a block generated by the Node B itself. If the number R is bigger than P (R>P) then the MAC layer will wait 10 ms and generate a new random number. If R is less or equal to P then the physical layer can start a random number. By decreasing P the Node B can reduce the number of UE that will simultaneously access the RACH. When a preamble cycle ends without an indication from the Node B, then the MAC layer will wait another 10 ms and restart the preamble cycle (of course with random number and persistence check first) again. When a preamble cycle ends with a negative indication from the Node B, then again the MAC layer has to wait 10 ms. But afterwards the backoff 1 timer (T_BO1) is started with a time N_BO1 x 10 ms. N_BO1 is a random number that lies within the range N_BO1min and N_BO1max. These limits are BCCH parameters. When T_BO1 has its time out, then another preamble cycle including persistence check is done. Both negative cases (no indication, negative indication) will be aborted when the maximum number of preambles (BCCH parameter) is exceeded. In case the preamble cycle is positive, then the RACH data will be transmitted.
  • 83.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200531 3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol
  • 84.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200532 3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol 3.1. RLC Modes of Operation
  • 85.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200533 3.1. RLC Modes of Operation Transparent Mode TM Transparent Mode TM Unacknowledged Mode UM Unacknowledged Mode UM Acknowledged Mode AM Acknowledged Mode AM RLC ModesRLC Modes • no sequence number check • no acknowledgements • no retransmission • segmentation/reassembly may be used or not used • no RLC overhead • sequence number check • no acknowledgements • no retransmission • segmentation/reassembly is done in RLC • sequence number and length indicators included in RLC frame • sequence number check • acknowledgements • retransmission • segmentation/reassembly is done in RLC • sequence number and length indicators included in RLC frame + RLC control messages required MAC Header RLC SDU (Data) cipher unit MAC Header RLC SDU (Data) cipher unit RLC Seq. No. Length Indicators MAC Header RLC SDU (Data or Ctrl) cipher unit RLC Seq. No. Length Indicators
  • 86.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200534 3.1. RLC Modes of Operation The RLC protocol is used to enhance the reliability of a single radio bearer. Thus there is one instance of RLC protocol per radio bearer available. Each RLC instance can be set in one of three modes independent of each other: • Transparent Mode (TM): In transparent mode there is no additional reliability provided by the RLC protocol instance. Only segmentation and reassembly functions might be used. There is no RLC overhead included in this mode. Ciphering is done over the whole RLC SDU. • Unacknowledged Mode (UM): In unacknowledged mode there is at least a sequence number check provided by RLC. This is used to ensure correct reassembly. Thus there are sequence numbers and length indicators for reassembly control n the RLC frame. Ciphering is done over the whole RLC PDU except the sequence number. • Acknowledged Mode (AM): In acknowledged mode the RLC protocol instance provides acknowledgements and retransmission functionality. The RLC PDU contains now sequence number, length indicators for reassembly control and RLC status messages for retransmission control. Ciphering is done over the whole RLC PDU except the sequence number. Which mode is used is configured by the RNC during radio bearer setup procedure. Thus the UE is told via RRC signalling which RLC mode to use on a radio bearer. It is possible to combine TM and UM on the same radio bearer. This can be done by assigning uplink and downlink different modes. It is not possible to combine AM with another mode, because for acknowledgements always uplink and downlink direction must be used simultaneously in AM.
  • 87.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200535 3.1. RLC Modes of Operation PCCH BCCH CCCH-UL DCCH DTCH CTCH TM TM TM CCCH-DL UM TM UM AM TM UM AM UM RLC ModesLogCH Type
  • 88.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200536 3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol 3.2. Segmentation/Reassembly Function
  • 89.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200537 3.2. Segmentation/Reassembly Function MACMAC RLCRLC Layer 3 (RRC, applic.)Layer 3 (RRC, applic.) PHYPHY RLC SDU #0 RLC SDU #1 #0.0 #0.1 #1.0 #1.1 padding RLC header RLC header RLC header RLC PDU #0 RLC PDU #1 RLC PDU #2 MAC header #0.0 RLC header Transport Block Set MAC header #0.1 RLC header #1.0 MAC header #1.1 RLC header padding
  • 90.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200538 3.2. Segmentation/Reassembly Function Next to the enhanced reliability functions provided by RLC there is another task done by this protocol – segmentation and reassembly. The RLC protocol instances have to segment higher layer data so that a transport block of an appropriate size corresponding to the available transport formats can be formatted. The RLC protocol can perform segmentation together with concatenation (several RLC SDU or segments of an RLC SDU in one RLC PDU) and padding. The RLC protocol has been designed for maximum resource efficiency. In unacknowledged and acknowledged mode the RLC protocol includes length indicators in its PDU to indicate the end of an higher layer frame (RLC SDU). Sometimes the length indicators can also carry special control meaning. In transparent mode such length indicators are not used. Rather the RLC protocol reassembles everything that comes in the same transport blocks. This might not be exactly the inverse of the segmentation process in transparent mode. Therefore segmentation and reassembly is usually switched off when transparent mode is used. The higher layers have then to send frame of correct size to match the transport block sizes.
  • 91.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200539 3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol 3.3. RLC Transparent Mode Procedures
  • 92.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200540 3.3. RLC Transparent Mode Procedures UE RNC TMD PDURLC RLC SDU segments TMD PDURLC RLC SDU segments . . . IF all segments of a SDU received reassembly TMD PDURLC RLC SDU segments TMD PDURLC RLC SDU segments . . . IF all segments of a SDU received reassembly
  • 93.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200541 3.3. RLC Transparent Mode Procedures | 2 FP: Transport Block | |00------ |2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) | | |2.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Transparent Mode | |**b166** |2.3 RLC: Whole Data |'001000010000011101000000001000011'B | | | |'010000000100110001000000001000000'B | | | |'111110100110110000000000000000000'B | | | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B | | | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B | | | |'0'B | segmented SDU data RLC Transparent Mode DATA
  • 94.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200542 3.3. RLC Transparent Mode Procedures In transparent mode there is only the data transfer procedure defined. It is implemented via the TMD PDU (Transparent Mode Data). The TMD PDU contains nothing else data from higher layers, no RLC control information is to be found.
  • 95.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200543 3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol 3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures
  • 96.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200544 3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures UE RNC UMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 2, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments UMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 8, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments . . . IF all segments of a SDU received reassembly UMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 43, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments UMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 47, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments . . . IF all segments of a SDU received reassembly
  • 97.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200545 3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures | 2 FP: Transport Block | |01000000 |2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) | | |2.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode | |0101010- |2.3 RLC: Sequence Number |42 | |-------1 |2.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit | |1111100- |2.5 RLC: Length Indicator |Start with new SDU | |-------0 |2.6 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data | |**B18*** |2.7 RLC: First Data Segment |30 f7 36 c0 00 04 24 c4 02 00 18... | | 3 FP: Transport Block | |01000000 |3.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) | | |3.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode | |0101011- |3.3 RLC: Sequence Number |43 | |-------0 |3.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data | |**B19*** |3.5 RLC: Data Segment |49 d3 e2 84 f8 ea 30 00 14 61 67... | | 2 FP: Transport Block | |01000000 |2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) | | |2.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode | |0101100- |2.3 RLC: Sequence Number |44 | |-------0 |2.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data | |**B19*** |2.5 RLC: Data Segment |92 13 e5 a9 40 00 52 8a 13 a7 cd... | | 3 FP: Transport Block | |01000000 |3.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) | | |3.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode | |0101101- |3.3 RLC: Sequence Number |45 | |-------0 |3.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data | |**B19*** |3.5 RLC: Data Segment |d3 e8 84 fa 6a 90 00 15 08 00 06... |
  • 98.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200546 3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures | 2 FP: Transport Block | |01000000 |2.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) | | |2.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode | |0101110- |2.3 RLC: Sequence Number |46 | |-------0 |2.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data | |**B19*** |2.5 RLC: Data Segment |04 80 11 dc 32 00 01 04 13 f7 eb... | | 3 FP: Transport Block | |01000000 |3.1 MAC: Target Channel Type Field |CCCH (Common Control Channel) | | |3.2 MAC: RLC Mode |Unacknowledge Mode | |0101111- |3.3 RLC: Sequence Number |47 | |-------1 |3.4 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit | |0001110- |3.5 RLC: Length Indicator |14 | |-------1 |3.6 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit | |1111111- |3.7 RLC: Length Indicator |Rest is padding | |-------0 |3.8 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data | |**B14*** |3.9 RLC: Last Data Segment |ba dd fc 80 64 53 ca 08 00 40 8c... | |***B3*** |3.10 RLC: Padding |00 00 00 |
  • 99.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200547 3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures Sequence Number E • UMD PDU (7-bit Length Indicators) LI0 E LIN-1 E=0 . . . segmented RLC SDU padding Sequence Number E • UMD PDU (15-bit Length Indicators) LI0 (low part) E LIN-1 E=0 . . . segmented RLC SDU padding LI0 (high part) LIN-1 (high part)
  • 100.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200548 3.4. Unacknowledged Mode Procedures In unacknowledged mode there is also only one frame defined, the UMD PDU (Unacknowledged Mode Data PDU). It is used to carry RLC SDU or segments of RLC SDU between UE and RNC. To enable faithful segmentation and reassembly, length indicators are used to point to the end of the last segment of a RLC SDU. This means a length indicator is to be found whenever a UMD PDU contains the last (or the only one) segment of a RLC SDU. In some situations special length indicators will be included that have control meaning (e.g. reset of reassembly etc.). Length indicators can be either 7 bit long or 15 bit long. It depends on the largest UMD PDU (transport block size – MAC header size) in the associated transport channel. If the maximum UMD PDU size is less or equal 125 bytes, then 7 bit length indicators shall be used, otherwise 15 bit length indicators have to be included in the UMD PDU. For detection of lost RLC PDU there is a 7 bit long sequence number included in every UMD PDU. If an UMD PDU is lost, then all RLC SDU with segments in this UMD PDU are discarded by the receiver.
  • 101.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200549 3. Radio Link Control (RLC) Protocol 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures
  • 102.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200550 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures UE RNC RESET PDURLC Reset Sequence Number, Hyper Frame Number uplink (HFNI) RESET ACK PDURLC Reset Reset Sequence Number, Hyper Frame Number downlink (HFNI) RESET PDURLC Reset Sequence Number, Hyper Frame Number downlink (HFNI) RESET ACK PDURLC Reset Sequence Number, Hyper Frame Number uplink (HFNI)
  • 103.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200551 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures UE RNC AMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 12, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments AMD PDURLC . . . Data Transfer with Solitary STATUS PDU Sequence No. = 18, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments STATUS PDURLC Acknowledgement super fields (SUFI): ACK, BITMAP, LIST, RLIST AMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 12, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments AMD PDURLC . . . Sequence No. = 18, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments STATUS PDURLC Acknowledgement super fields (SUFI): ACK, BITMAP, LIST, RLIST
  • 104.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200552 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures UE RNC AMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 12, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments AMD PDURLC . . . Data Transfer with Piggybacked STATUS PDU Sequence No. = 18, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments AMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 34, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU Segments, Piggybacked STATUS PDU = {Acknowledgement super fields (SUFI): ACK, BITMAP, LIST, RLIST} AMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 12, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments AMD PDURLC . . . Sequence No. = 28, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU segments AMD PDURLC Sequence No. = 39, Poll Bit P, Length Indicators, RLC SDU Segments, Piggybacked STATUS PDU = {Acknowledgement super fields (SUFI): ACK, BITMAP, LIST, RLIST}
  • 105.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200553 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures Move Receiving Window ProcedureUE RNC STATUS PDURLC Move Receiving Window (MRW) super field: SN1,...SNK STATUS PDURLC Move Receiving Window Ack (MRWACK) super field STATUS PDURLC Move Receiving Window (MRW) super field: SN1,...SNK STATUS PDURLC Move Receiving Window Ack (MRWACK) super field
  • 106.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200554 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures Windowsize ConfigurationUE RNC STATUS PDURLC Window (WINDOW) super field: window size STATUS PDURLC Window (WINDOW) super field: window size
  • 107.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200555 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures In acknowledged mode there some more procedures defined. In detail we have • Reset: The Reset procedure is used to recover after errors in acknowledged mode. A new HFNI (Hyper Frame Number Indicator) for ciphering can be allocated at Reset procedure. The RESET PDU and RESET ACK PDU are defined for this procedure. • Data Transfer with solitary STATUS PDU: For data transfer the AMD (Acknowledged Mode Data) PDU is defined. It carries a 12 bit long sequence number. A single AMD or a series of AMD PDU can be acknowledged by a stand-alone acknowledgement in form of a STATUS PDU. • Data Transfer with piggybacked STATUS PDU: Very often AMD PDU are exchanged in both directions. In this case it is possible to include STATUS PDU in AMD PDU for acknowledgements. This simply is more efficient with respect to bandwidth usage. • Move Receiving Window: In some situations an AMD PDU is transmitted and retransmitted correctly. This situation can be determined by thresholds (maximum number of retransmissions) or timers (maximum time for data transmission). Either an error is the result or both sides agree to skip the problematic AMD PDU. For skipping (discarding) the Move Receiving Window procedure is used. In a STATUS PDU the command to move the receiving window with the sequence numbers of the AMD PDU to be discarded are indicated. An acknowledgement completes the procedure. • Window Size: The RLC protocol uses acknowledgements that acknowledges several AMD PDU with one message. The maximum number of AMD PDU that can be sent without acknowledgement is indicated in the window size procedure. A STATUS PDU contains a window size field in which the limit is indicated.
  • 108.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200556 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures | 2.2 FP: Transport Block | |0010---- |2.2.1 MAC: C/T Field |Logical Channel 3 | | |2.2.2 MAC: Target Channel Type |DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel) | | |2.2.3 MAC: RLC Mode |Acknowledge Mode | |----1--- |2.2.4 RLC: Data/Control |Acknowledged mode data PDU | |**b12*** |2.2.5 RLC: Sequence Number |2 | |-1------ |2.2.6 RLC: Polling Bit |Request a status report | |--01---- |2.2.7 RLC: Header extension type |Octet contains LI and E bit | |***b7*** |2.2.8 RLC: Length Indicator |9 | |---1---- |2.2.9 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is LI and E bit | |***b7*** |2.2.10 RLC: Length Indicator |Rest is padding | |---0---- |2.2.11 RLC: Extension Bit |The next field is data | |**b72*** |2.2.12 RLC: Last Data Segment |df d9 4c ed 0d 21 31 f1 10 | |**b40*** |2.2.13 RLC: Padding |00 00 00 00 00 | | 2.2 FP: Transport Block | |0010---- |2.2.1 MAC: C/T Field |Logical Channel 3 | | |2.2.2 MAC: Target Channel Type |DCCH (Dedicated Control Channel) | | |2.2.3 MAC: RLC Mode |Acknowledge Mode | |----0--- |2.2.4 RLC: Data/Control |Control PDU | |-----000 |2.2.5 RLC: PDU Type |STATUS | | |2.2.6 RLC: Acknowledgement Super Field | |0010---- |2.2.6.1 RLC: SUFI Type |Acknowledgement | |**b12*** |2.2.6.2 RLC: Last Sequence Number |3 | | |2.2.7 RLC: Padding | |**b124** |2.2.7.1 RLC: Padding |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B | | | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B | | | |'000000000000000000000000000000000'B | | | |'0000000000000000000000000'B |
  • 109.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200557 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures Sequence Number (high part) D/C (1) • AMD PDU (7-bit Length Indicators) LI0 E LIN-1 E=0 . . . segmented RLC SDU Padding| piggybacked STATUS PDU • AMD PDU (15-bit Length Indicators) LI0 (low part) E LIN-1 E=0 . . . segmented RLC SDU padding LI0 (high part) LIN-1 (high part) HEPSeq.Number (low part) Sequence Number (high part) D/C (1) HEPSeq.Number (low part)
  • 110.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200558 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures D/C (0) • RESET/RESET ACK PDU HFNI HFNI padding padding PDU TYPE 0 0 1 / 0 1 0 RSN reserved HFNI D/C (0) • STATUS PDU PDU TYPE 0 0 0 SUFI #1 SUFI #1 . . . SUFI #N padding Note: In case of a piggybacked STATUS PDU the D/C bit is reserved.
  • 111.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200559 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures Super Fields (SUFI) 0 0 0 0 NO_MORE 0 0 1 0 ACK LSN high LSN low 0 0 0 1 WINDOW WSN high WSN low 0 0 1 1 LIST LENGTH SN1 high SN1 low L1 . . . SNLENGTH high SNLENGTH low LLENGTH 0 1 0 0 BITMAP LENGTH FSN high FSN low BITMAP . . . BITMAP Padding 0 1 0 1 RLIST LENGTH FSN high FSN low CW1 . . . CWLENGTH padding 0 1 1 0 MRW LENGTH SN1 high SN1 low . . . SNLENGTH high SNLENGTH low NLENGTH SN2 high SN2 high 0 1 1 1 MRW_ACK SNACK low NLENGTH SNACK high Padding
  • 112.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200560 3.5. Acknowledged Mode Procedures AMD PDU have a similar format like UMD PDU. The sequence of length indicators is used to control reassembly. Each length indicator points to the end of the last segment of a RLC SDU. Furthermore some special length indicator values are reserved (e.g. whether a STATUS PDU is carried within the AMD PDU or not, etc.). Again there are 7 bit long length indicators and 15 bit long length indicators. If the maximum AMD PDU size is less or equal to 126 octets then 7 bit long length indicators shall be used, otherwise 15 bit length indicators are chosen. The sequence number of AMD PDU is 12 bit long to enable bigger window size for acknowledgements. The poll bit P is used to request immediate acknowledgement for a AMD PDU. STATUS PDU contain one or more so called super fields SUFI. Each SUFI carries special acknowledged mode control meaning for acknowledgements, window size negotiation, moving receiving window. The following SUFI types are known: • No More: Indicates end of the STATUS PDU. • ACK: A simple acknowledgement. Indicates the next expected AMD PDU sequence number (LSN: last sequence number). • LIST: Indicates gaps of the reception of AMD PDU. Each gap is indicated by its start sequence number (SN: start number) and its length (L:length). Up to 15 gaps can be indicated in a single LIST super field. • BITMAP: Indicates positive or negative acknowledgement for a series of consecutive AMD PDU with a bitmap. The first bit of the bitmap stands for AMD PDU with sequence number FSN (FSN: first sequence number). The second bit of the bitmap is for FSN+1, and so on. When the bit is ‘0’ the associated AMD PDU is negatively acknowledged. • MRW/MRW_ACK: Used to move the receiving window. Inside the MRW field each AMD PDU to be discarded is indicated by its sequence number SN. • RLIST: A relative list used to indicate gaps in the reception. The method to specify the gap is different to LIST super field. In a RLIST special code words CW are used to calculate gap start and length.
  • 113.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20051 Module 03 Radio Resource Control Signalling (RRC) Version 0.0.1 (21/03/2005) Author: Alexander Seifarth (a.seifarth@techcom.de)
  • 114.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20052 1. System Information
  • 115.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20053 1. System Information 1.1. System Information Blocks and Segmentation
  • 116.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20054 1.1. System Information Blocks and Segments UE RNC SystemInformation (SI)[BCH:BCCH] RRC SFNPrime (INTEGER 0…4094 step 2), Segment Combination = CHOICE { Combination 1: no data | Combination 2: first segment | Combination 3: subsequence segment | Combination 4: last segment | Combination 5: last segment, first segment | Combination 6: last segment, complete list = {complete block#0, …, complete block#N} | Combination 7: last segment, complete list = {complete block#0, …, complete block#N}, first segment | Combination 8: complete list = {complete block#0, …, complete block#N} | Combination 9: complete list = {complete block#0, …, complete block#N}, first segment | Combination10: complete SIB of size 215…226 | Combination11: last segment of size 215…226 } first segment subsequent segment subsequent segment last segment System Information Block (SIB): . . .
  • 117.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20055 1.1. System Information Blocks and Segments Signalling on the BCCH is done by means of the RRC System Information. On the BCH that carries the BCCH there is only RLC transparent mode used. Thus the RRC protocol must provide its own sequence numbering and segmentation functionality. For segmentation of System Information Blocks (SIB) the RRC protocol defines the System Information (SI) message. In each SI message one or more segments of a SIB or several SIB can be contained. Several combinations allow to indicate first, last and subsequent segments, or to bundle several complete blocks in one SI message. Additionally to the SIB segments the SI message also indicates the cell time via the System Frame Number (0..4095). The SFN is translated into the SFN prime via th following rule. In each frame with even SFN (SFN mod 2 = 0) it holds SFN prime = SFN. In radio frames with odd SFN (SFN mod 2 = 1) we have SFN prime = SFN-1. In other words the SFN prime is increased with every second radio frame by 2.
  • 118.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20056 1. System Information 1.2. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks
  • 119.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20057 1.1. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks UE RNC MasterInformationBlock (MIB)[BCH:BCCH] RRC MIB value tag, supported PLMN types = GSM-MAP|ANSI-41|GSM-MAP+ANSI-41, PLMN identity = MCC + MNC, ANSI-41-CN information, references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling } MasterInformationBlock (MIB)[BCH:BCCH] RRC 80 ms MIB value tag, supported PLMN types = GSM-MAP|ANSI-41|GSM-MAP+ANSI-41, PLMN identity = MCC + MNC, ANSI-41-CN information, references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling } MasterInformationBlock (MIB)[BCH:BCCH] RRC 80 ms MIB value tag, supported PLMN types = GSM-MAP|ANSI-41|GSM-MAP+ANSI-41, PLMN identity = MCC + MNC, ANSI-41-CN information, references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling } Master Information Block (MIB)
  • 120.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20058 1.1. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks UE RNC SchedulingInformationBlock1/2[BCH:BCCH] RRC references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling } [BCH:BCCH] RRC repetition rate given in MIB references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling } [BCH:BCCH] RRC Scheduling Information Block (SchIB1/2) SchedulingInformationBlock1/2 repetition rate given in MIB references to other system information blocks = { SIB Type, value tag, scheduling } SchedulingInformationBlock1/2
  • 121.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 20059 1.1. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks | |masterInfoBlock (= masterInfoBlock) | | |sib_description | | |1 sib_choice | | |1.1 masterInfoBlock | |-001---- |1.1.1 mib-ValueTag |2 | | |1.1.2 plmn-Type | | |1.1.2.1 gsm-MAP | | |1.1.2.1.1 plmn-Identity | | |1.1.2.1.1.1 mcc | |***b4*** |1.1.2.1.1.1.1 digit |2 | |--0110-- |1.1.2.1.1.1.2 digit |6 | |***b4*** |1.1.2.1.1.1.3 digit |2 | | |1.1.2.1.1.2 mnc | |---0000- |1.1.2.1.1.2.1 digit |0 | |***b4*** |1.1.2.1.1.2.2 digit |9 | | |1.1.3 sibSb-ReferenceList | | |1.1.3.1 schedulingInformationSIBSb | | |1.1.3.1.1 sibSb-Type | |***b8*** |1.1.3.1.1.1 sysInfoType1 |44 | | |1.1.3.1.2 scheduling | | |1.1.3.1.2.1 scheduling | | |1.1.3.1.2.1.1 segCount |1 | | |1.1.3.1.2.1.2 sib-Pos | |***b6*** |1.1.3.1.2.1.2.1 rep128 |6 | | |1.1.3.2 schedulingInformationSIBSb | | |1.1.3.2.1 sibSb-Type | |------01 |1.1.3.2.1.1 sysInfoType2 |2 | ... Master Information Block MIB
  • 122.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200510 1.1. Master and Scheduling Information Blocks The individual system information blocks in the RRC protocol divide the information into groups. Two blocks have special meaning: the master information block and the scheduling information blocks. In the master information block MIB the PLMN type (GSM-MAP or ANSI-41) is indicated. For GSM-MAP the PLMN identity (MCC + MNC) is broadcasted also in the MIB. Then for every further system information block the MIB indicates scheduling information and a value tag (except SIB 7). The value tag indicates changes of the associated SIB by incremented value. The master information block always starts at radio frames with SFN mod 8 = 0.
  • 123.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200511 1. System Information 1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB)
  • 124.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200512 1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB) UE RNC SIBx[BCH:BCCH] RRC SIBx data [BCH:BCCH] RRC repetition rate given in MIB SIBx data [BCH:BCCH] RRC SIBx repetition rate given in MIB SIBx data SIBx General System Information Transmission
  • 125.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200513 1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB) UE RNC SIB1[BCH:BCCH] RRC CN common GSM-MAP NAS info = LAC, CS domain system info = {periodic LAU timer T3212, ATT flag}, PS domain system info = {RAC, Network Mode of Operation NMO}, UE timers and constants in idle mode, UE timers and constants in connected mode SIB2[BCH:BCCH] RRC URA-ID list = URA#1,.., URA#<maxURA> SIB3[BCH:BCCH] RRC SIB4 indicator = true|false, cell identity, cell selection and re-selection info, cell access restriction SIB4[BCH:BCCH] RRC cell identity, cell selection and re-selection info, cell access restriction
  • 126.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200514 1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB) UE RNC SIB5[BCH:BCCH] RRC SIB6 indicator = true|false, PICH power offset, AICH power offset, secondary CCPCH system info, primary CCPCH info = Tx diversity indicator, PRACH system information list, CBS DRX level 1 information SIB6[BCH:BCCH] RRC PICH power offset, AICH power offset, secondary CCPCH system info, CBS DRX level 1 information, primary CCPCH info = Tx diversity indicator, PRACH system information list SIB7[BCH:BCCH] RRC UL interference, dynamic persistence level for PRACH in SIB5/6, expiration time factor SIB8[BCH:BCCH] RRC CPCH parameters (UE access parameters), CSICH power offset, CPCH set info (code and resource info) SIB9[BCH:BCCH] RRC CPCH persistence levels
  • 127.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200515 1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB) UE RNC SIB10[BCH:BCCH] RRC DRAC (dynamic resource allocation) system information SIB11[BCH:BCCH] RRC SIB12 indicator = true|false, FACH measurement occasion info = {measurement cycle length info, IF/IRAT measurement indicators} measurement control system information = {HCS indicator, cell selection/re-selection quantity, neighbour cell list SF/IF/IRAT, traffic volume measurements} SIB12[BCH:BCCH] RRC FACH measurement occasion info = {measurement cycle length info, IF/IRAT measurement indicators} measurement control system information = {HCS indicator, cell selection/re-selection quantity, neighbour cell list SF/IF/IRAT, traffic volume measurements} SIB13|SIB13.1|SIB13.2|SIB13.3|SIB13.4[BCH:BCCH] RRC ANSI-41 CN information
  • 128.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200516 1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB) UE RNC SIB14[BCH:BCCH] RRC 3.84 Mcps TDD mode system information SIB15|SIB15.1|SIB15.2|SIB15.3|SIB15.4|SIB15.5[BCH:BCCH] RRC system information for UE positioning SIB16[BCH:BCCH] RRC pre-defined RB/TrCH/PhCH configuration for inter-system handover to UTRAN SIB17[BCH:BCCH] RRC 3.84 Mcps TDD|1.28 Mcps TDD mode system information SIB18[BCH:BCCH] RRC PLMN identities for neighbour cells for idle|connected mode UE
  • 129.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200517 1.3. System Information Blocks (SIB) | |sibType1 (= sibType1) | | |sib_description | | |1 sib_choice | | |1.1 sibType1 | |**b16*** |1.1.1 cn-CommonGSM-MAP-NAS-SysInfo |00 18 | | |1.1.2 cn-DomainSysInfoList | | |1.1.2.1 cN-DomainSysInfo | |0------- |1.1.2.1.1 cn-DomainIdentity |cs-domain | | |1.1.2.1.2 cn-Type | |**b16*** |1.1.2.1.2.1 gsm-MAP |01 01 | |-----01- |1.1.2.1.3 cn-DRX-CycleLengthCoeff |7 | | |1.1.2.2 cN-DomainSysInfo | |-------1 |1.1.2.2.1 cn-DomainIdentity |ps-domain | | |1.1.2.2.2 cn-Type | |**b16*** |1.1.2.2.2.1 gsm-MAP |08 01 | |----01-- |1.1.2.2.3 cn-DRX-CycleLengthCoeff |7 | | |1.1.3 ue-ConnTimersAndConstants | |----1010 |1.1.3.1 t-301 |ms2000 | |010----- |1.1.3.2 n-301 |2 | |---1100- |1.1.3.3 t-302 |ms4000 | ... |--001--- |1.1.3.22 t-317 |s10 | | |1.1.4 ue-IdleTimersAndConstants | |***b4*** |1.1.4.1 t-300 |ms1000 | |-011---- |1.1.4.2 n-300 |3 | |----1010 |1.1.4.3 t-312 |10 | |000----- |1.1.4.4 n-312 |s1 | System Information Block SIB1
  • 130.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200518 2. RRC Connection Handling 2.1. RRC States
  • 131.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200519 2.1. RRC States CELL_DCHCELL_DCH CELL_FACHCELL_FACH URA_PCHURA_PCH CELL_PCHCELL_PCH UTRA IDLEUTRA IDLE
  • 132.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200520 2.1. RRC States To manage radio resources of a UE in UMTS a state system with respect to the RRC protocol is introduced. In general a UE has two main states – UTRA Idle and UTRA Connected. The difference between idle and connected is that in connected mode there is a serving RNC for the UE, whereas in idle mode there is no serving RNC. Note that a connected mode UE can have radio resources allocated or not. In idle mode a UE cannot have radio resources. To make a more detailed specification of a connected mode UE there are four sub-states defined for connected mode: • CELL_DCH: In this state the UE uses DCH for signalling and might use additional DCH or DSCH for applications. The UE is subject to soft and hard handover procedures in this state. • CELL_FACH: In this state the UE listens to FACH for RRC signalling and uses RACH on the uplink side. Also CPCH might be in use. Mobility is handled in this state via cell reselection, handover procedures like in CELL_DCH state are not used. • CELL_PCH: Here the UE has currently no radio resources allocated. Thus the UE waits for incoming paging messages on the PCH. The UE executes cell reselection, the RNC knows the current serving cell of the UE. • URA_PCH: This state is similar to CELL_PCH, only this time the RNC knows the current URA (UTRAN Registration Area) of the UE and not the cell. In CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH and URA_PCH the UE performs automatic cell reselection. Thus the RNC has to be updated whenever the area of interest (cell for CELL_FACH and CELL_PCH, URA for URA_PCH) changes.
  • 133.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200521 2.1. RRC States – Cell Reselection in CELL_FACH UE RNC TMD Cell Update[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, STARTCS, STARTPS, cell update cause = cell re-selection , measured results on RACH, … CELL_FACH automatic cell reselection UMD Cell Update Confirm[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator = state_X, CN info, RB to reconfigure or delete, TrCH-UL to add/reconfigure/delete, TrCH-DL to add/reconfigure/ delete, uplink/downlink physical resources State_X . . .
  • 134.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200522 2.1. RRC States – Cell Reselection in CELL_PCH UE RNC TMD Cell Update[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, STARTCS, STARTPS, cell update cause = cell re-selection , measured results on RACH, … CELL_PCH automatic cell reselection UMD Cell Update Confirm[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator = state_X, CN info, RB to reconfigure or delete, TrCH-UL to add/reconfigure/delete, TrCH-DL to add/reconfigure/ delete, uplink/downlink physical resources State_X . . . CELL_FACH
  • 135.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200523 2.1. RRC States –URA Reselection in URA_PCH UE RNC TMD URA Update[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, STARTCS, STARTPS, URA update cause = URA re-selection URA_PCH automatic cell reselection UMD URA Update Confirm[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator = state_X, CN info, RB to reconfigure or delete, TrCH-UL to add/reconfigure/delete, TrCH-DL to add/reconfigure/ delete, uplink/downlink physical resources State_X . . . CELL_FACH (new cell is not part of old URA) false URA_PCH true
  • 136.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200524 2.1. Mobility Handling in CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH and URA_PCH When a UE reselects a cell in CELL_FACH state, it has to perform a CELL UPDATE procedure afterwards in the new cell. The CELL UPDATE message contains the current UE identifier (U-RNTI), so that the RNC can identify the UE. The message is sent on RACH via CCCH. Thus the associated response CELL UPDATE CONFIRM is returned to the UE on the FACH, also CCCH. In this message the UE is assigned a new state or again CELL_FACH. A similar procedure is done when a UE reselects a cell in CELL_PCH state. The only difference to the update procedure in CELL_FACH is, that after the cell reselection the UE enters automatically CELL_FACH state and then sends CELL UPDATE to the RNC. With the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM the UE is sent to a new state or back to CELL_PCH. In case the UE reselects a cell in URA_PCH state then another procedure is done. First of all the UE checks whether the new cell still belongs to the old URA. If this is true no update procedure will be performed. Otherwise the UE enters CELL_FACH state and sends URA UPDATE on RACH. The response CELL UPDATE CONFIRM on the FACH contains again a new state for the UE. If this state is set to URA_PCH, then the UE goes back to URA_PCH state and enters the master URA (URA #0 in SIB2) of the new cell.
  • 137.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200525 2. RRC Connection Handling 2.2. RRC Connection Establishment
  • 138.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200526 2.2. RRC Connection Estab. - CELL_FACH UE RNC TMD RRC Connection Request[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC pre-defined configuration status indicator = true|false, Initial UE ID, establishment cause, measured result on RACH UTRA IDLE NAS Trigger UMD RRC Connection Setup[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC Initial UE ID, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, RRC state indicator = CELL_FACH, capability update requirement, signalling radio bearer to setup, TrCH to add/reconfigure CELL_FACH UTRA IDLE CELL_FACH • TMSI + LAI • PTMSI + RAI • IMSI • IMEI • orig./term. conversational call • orig./term. streaming call • orig./term. interactive call • orig./term. background call • originating subscribed traffic call • emergency call • inter-RAT cell re-selection • inter-RAT cell change order • registration • detach • orig./term. high/low priority signalling • call re-establishment • terminating – cause unknown AMD RRC Connection Setup Complete[RACH:DCCH] RLC/RRC STARTCS, STARTPS, UE radio access capability, inter-RAT UE radio access capability STATUS[RACH:DCCH] RLC/- Acknowledgement
  • 139.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200527 2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH +--------+--------------------+------------+------------+------------+-------------------------------------+ |No |Long Time |2. Prot |2. MSG |3. Prot |3. MSG | +--------+--------------------+------------+------------+------------+-------------------------------------+ |68 |17:25:34,045,725 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA RACH| | | |69 |17:25:34,045,725 |RLC reasm. |TM DATA RACH|RRC_CCCH_UL |rrcConnectionRequest | |70 |17:25:34,130,812 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA FACH| | | |71 |17:25:34,140,807 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA FACH| | | |72 |17:25:34,150,775 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA FACH| | | |73 |17:25:34,150,775 |RLC reasm. |UM DATA FACH|RRC_CCCH_DL |rrcConnectionSetup | |74 |17:25:34,414,754 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA RACH| | | |75 |17:25:34,513,729 |RLC/MAC |FP DATA RACH| | | |76 |17:25:34,513,729 |RLC reasm. |AM DATA RACH|RRC_DCCH_UL |rrcConnectionSetupComplete | RRC Connection Establishment CELL_FACH (short trace)
  • 140.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200528 2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH |TS 25.331 CCCH-UL (2002-09) (RRC_CCCH_UL) rrcConnectionRequest (= rrcConnectionRequest) | | |uL-CCCH-Message | | |1 message | | |1.1 rrcConnectionRequest | | |1.1.1 initialUE-Identity | | |1.1.1.1 tmsi-and-LAI | |***B4*** |1.1.1.1.1 tmsi |'00000111010000000010000110011110'B | | |1.1.1.1.2 lai | | |1.1.1.1.2.1 plmn-Identity | | |1.1.1.1.2.1.1 mcc | |0010---- |1.1.1.1.2.1.1.1 digit |2 | |----0110 |1.1.1.1.2.1.1.2 digit |6 | |0010---- |1.1.1.1.2.1.1.3 digit |2 | | |1.1.1.1.2.1.2 mnc | |***b4*** |1.1.1.1.2.1.2.1 digit |0 | |-0010--- |1.1.1.1.2.1.2.2 digit |2 | |**b16*** |1.1.1.1.2.2 lac |'0000011111010010'B | |***b5*** |1.1.2 establishmentCause |registration | |--0----- |1.1.3 protocolErrorIndicator |noError | RRC Connection Request
  • 141.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200529 2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH |TS 25.331 CCCH-DL (2002-09) (RRC_CCCH_DL) rrcConnectionSetup (= rrcConnectionSetup) | | |dL-CCCH-Message | | |1 message | | |1.1 rrcConnectionSetup | | |1.1.1 r3 | | |1.1.1.1 rrcConnectionSetup-r3 | | |1.1.1.1.1 initialUE-Identity | | |1.1.1.1.1.1 tmsi-and-LAI | |**b32*** |1.1.1.1.1.1.1 tmsi |'00000111010000000010000110011110'B | | |1.1.1.1.1.1.2 lai | | |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1 plmn-Identity | | |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.1 mcc | |---0010- |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.1.1 digit |2 | |***b4*** |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.1.2 digit |6 | |---0010- |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.1.3 digit |2 | | |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.2 mnc | |0000---- |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.2.1 digit |0 | |----0010 |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.1.2.2 digit |2 | |***B2*** |1.1.1.1.1.1.2.2 lac |'0000011111010010'B | |00------ |1.1.1.1.2 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |0 | | |1.1.1.1.3 new-U-RNTI | |**b12*** |1.1.1.1.3.1 srnc-Identity |'010111110000'B | |**b20*** |1.1.1.1.3.2 s-RNTI |'00001011101011110111'B | |**b16*** |1.1.1.1.4 new-c-RNTI |'0000000000000000'B | |--01---- |1.1.1.1.5 rrc-StateIndicator |cell-FACH | |----000- |1.1.1.1.6 utran-DRX-CycleLengthCoeff |3 | RRC Connection Setup 1( )
  • 142.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200530 2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH | |1.1.1.1.7 capabilityUpdateRequirement | |1------- |1.1.1.1.7.1 ue-RadioCapabilityFDDUpdateRequ.. |1 | |-0------ |1.1.1.1.7.2 ue-RadioCapabilityTDDUpdateRequ.. |0 | | |1.1.1.1.7.3 systemSpecificCapUpdateReqList | | |1.1.1.1.7.3.1 systemSpecificCapUpdateReq |gsm | | |1.1.1.1.8 srb-InformationSetupList | | |1.1.1.1.8.1 sRB-InformationSetup | |00000--- |1.1.1.1.8.1.1 rb-Identity |1 | ... | |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2 rB-MappingOption | ... | |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.1.1.1 ul-TransportChannelType | | |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.1.1.1.1 rach |0 | |***b4*** |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.1.1.2 logicalChannelIdentity |2 | ... | |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.2.1.1 dl-TransportChannelType | | |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.2.1.1.1 fach |0 | |***b4*** |1.1.1.1.8.1.3.2.2.1.2 logicalChannelIdentity |2 | RRC Connection Setup 2( )
  • 143.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200531 2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH RRC Connection Setup 3( ) ... | |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2 rB-MappingOption | | |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.1.1.1 ul-TransportChannelType | | |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.1.1.1.1 rach |0 | |***b4*** |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.1.1.2 logicalChannelIdentity |3 | ... | |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.2.1.1 dl-TransportChannelType | | |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.2.1.1.1 fach |0 | |----0010 |1.1.1.1.8.2.3.2.2.1.2 logicalChannelIdentity |3 | | |1.1.1.1.8.3 sRB-InformationSetup | |-00010-- |1.1.1.1.8.3.1 rb-Identity |3 | | |1.1.1.1.8.3.2 rlc-InfoChoice | |***b5*** |1.1.1.1.8.3.2.1 same-as-RB |2 ... | |1.1.1.1.8.4 sRB-InformationSetup | |--00011- |1.1.1.1.8.4.1 rb-Identity |4 | | |1.1.1.1.8.4.2 rlc-InfoChoice | |00001--- |1.1.1.1.8.4.2.1 same-as-RB |2 | ...
  • 144.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200532 2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH |TS 25.331 DCCH-UL (2002-09) (RRC_DCCH_UL) rrcConnectionSetupComplete (= rrcConnectionSetupComplete) | | |uL-DCCH-Message | | |1 message | | |1.1 rrcConnectionSetupComplete | |-00----- |1.1.1 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |0 | | |1.1.2 startList | | |1.1.2.1 sTARTSingle | |-----0-- |1.1.2.1.1 cn-DomainIdentity |cs-domain | |**b20*** |1.1.2.1.2 start-Value |'00000000000000000100'B | | |1.1.2.2 sTARTSingle | |--1----- |1.1.2.2.1 cn-DomainIdentity |ps-domain | |**b20*** |1.1.2.2.2 start-Value |'00000000000000001010'B | | |1.1.3 ue-RadioAccessCapability | | |1.1.3.1 accessStratumReleaseIndicator |r99 | | |1.1.3.2 pdcp-Capability | |0------- |1.1.3.2.1 losslessSRNS-RelocationSupport |0 | | |1.1.3.2.2 supportForRfc2507 | | |1.1.3.2.2.1 notSupported |0 | | |1.1.3.3 rlc-Capability | |--010--- |1.1.3.3.1 totalRLC-AM-BufferSize |kb50 | |-----0-- |1.1.3.3.2 maximumRLC-WindowSize |mws2047 | |***b3*** |1.1.3.3.3 maximumAM-EntityNumber |am6 | | |1.1.3.4 transportChannelCapability | | |1.1.3.4.1 dl-TransChCapability | |-0101--- |1.1.3.4.1.1 maxNoBitsReceived |b6400 | |***b4*** |1.1.3.4.1.2 maxConvCodeBitsReceived |b640 | ... RRC Connection Setup Complete
  • 145.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200533 2.2. RRC Connection Est. – CELL_FACH When a UE wants to leave idle mode and enter connected mode it has to start the RRC Connection Establishment procedure. During this procedure the UE is sent either to CELL_FACH state or CELL_DCH state. The decision which of the two states is chosen is done by the RNC. The first flow shows the transition to state CELL_FACH. The procedure is done in the following way: 1. The UE sends RRC CONNECTION REQUEST on the RACH (CCCH) to the RNC. Inside the message the UE indicates its identity in the parameter ‚Initial UE ID‘. Furthermore a cause for the request is indicated via the ‚Establishment Cause‘ information element. 2. When the RNC has made the decision about the state (here CELL_FACH) then it sends RRC CONNECTION SETUP to the UE on FACH (CCCH). As reference to the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST the ‚Initial UE ID‘ is repeated in this message. The ‚RRC State Indicator‘ tells the UE to enter CELL_FACH state. To use DCCH/DTCH on RACH and FACH the UE needs a c-rnti, which is also indicated in this message. As sign for the connected mode the UE also gets a u-rnti. 3. To confirm the connected mode the UE returns now RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE. This message is sent on RACH because the UE is in state CELL_FACH now. The logical channel is DCCH, thus the MAC header for the transport blocks of this message contains the c-rnti for identification of the UE.
  • 146.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200534 2.2. RRC Connection Establishment UE RNC TMD RRC Connection Request[RACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC pre-defined configuration status indicator = true|false, Initial UE ID, establishment cause, measured result on RACH UTRA IDLE NAS Trigger UMD RRC Connection Setup[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC Initial UE ID, new U-RNTI, RRC state indicator = CELL_DCH, capability update requirement, signalling radio bearer to setup, TrCH to add/reconfigure (signalling DCH), uplink and downlink physical resources CELL_DCH UTRA IDLE CELL_DCH AMD RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCH:DCCH] RLC/RRC STARTCS, STARTPS, UE radio access capability, inter-RAT UE radio access capability STATUS[DCH:DCCH] RLC/- Acknowledgement DPCH and DPDCH/DPCCH synchronisation
  • 147.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200535 2.2. RRC Connection Establishment When the UE enters CELL_DCH instead of CELL_FACH the basic flow of messages is the same. The first difference is to be seen in the RRC CONNECTION SETUP message. The ‚RRC State Indicator‘ is now set to CELL_DCH and thus there is no c-rnti to be allocated for the UE. Rather the physical layer will identify the UE in CELL_DCH state, the MAC layer will not perform layer 2 identification. Of course the RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message will now be sent on DCH (DCCH) instead of RACH.
  • 148.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200536 2. RRC Connection Handling 2.3. RRC Connection Release
  • 149.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200537 2.3. RRC Connection Release UE RNC UMD RRC Connection Release Complete[DCH:DCCH] RLC/RRC CELL_DCH UMD RRC Connection Release[DCH:DCCH] RLC/RRC N308, release cause CELL_DCH UTRA IDLE UMD RRC Connection Release Complete[DCH:DCCH] RLC/RRC . . .N308 UTRA IDLE • normal event • unspecified • pre-emptive release • congestion • re-establishment reject • user inactivity • directed signalling connection re-establishment
  • 150.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200538 2.3. RRC Connection Release UE RNC AMD RRC Connection Release Complete[RACH:DCCH] RLC/RRC CELL_FACH UMD RRC Connection Release[FACH:DCCH] RLC/RRC release cause CELL_FACH with DCCH UTRA IDLE UTRA IDLE UE RNC CELL_FACH UMD RRC Connection Release[FACH:CCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, release cause CELL_FACH without DCCH UTRA IDLE UTRA IDLE STATUS[FACH:DCCH] RLC/- Acknowledgement
  • 151.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200539 2.3. RRC Connection Release UE RNC CELL_PCH or URA_PCH TMD Paging Type 1[PCH:PCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, release indicator = release URA_PCH/CELL_PCH UTRA IDLE UTRA IDLE
  • 152.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200540 2.3. RRC Connection Release To release a UE from connected mode and send it to idle the RRC Connection Release procedure is defined. Depending on the configuration of the UE the procedure has a different appearance. When the UE is in state CELL_DCH then the RNC has to send the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE procedure to the UE via the signalling DCH. Inside the message a cause value indicates the reason for the release. A counter value N308 tells the UE how often to repeat the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE COMPLETE message on the uplink DCH to confirm the procedure. After this the UE is in idle mode and the RNC can release all dedicated resources allocated to this UE. When the UE is in state CELL_FACH with allocated DCCH then the RNC also sends RRC CONNECTION RELEASE to release the UE. This time there is no counter value N308. Thus the UE sends exactly one RRC CONNECTION RELEASE COMPLETE message on RACH, then it enters idle mode. If the UE is in state CELL_FACH but has currently no DCCH (happens after paging in state CELL_PCH or URA_PCH or after cell reselection) then only the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message is sent. No completion message follows afterwards, instead the UE enters directly idle mode (see paging procedures for more information about this). In UMTS Release 5 a new procedure is introduced. When a UE is in state CELL_PCH or URA_PCH it is possible to page it with a PAGING TYPE 1 message that contains a release indicator. If this indicator is set to release, then the UE enters directly idle mode without any further action (NOTE: There is a small inconsistency with the RRC state diagram.)
  • 153.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200541 3. Iu Signalling Connection Handling
  • 154.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200542 3. Iu Signalling Connection Handling 3.1. Iu Signalling Connections - General
  • 155.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200543 3.1. Iu Signalling Connections - General SGSN MSC Server CS-MGWUE Serving RNC RRC Connection Iu Signalling Connection CS Iu Signalling Connection PS radio mgt. data radio mgt. data S-RNTIS-RNTI CS-Iu Sign.Connection CS-Iu Sign.Connection PS-Iu Sign.Connection PS-Iu Sign.Connection
  • 156.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200544 3.1. Iu Signalling Connections - General CMM_DetachedCMM_Detached CMM_ConnectedCMM_ConnectedCMM_IdleCMM_Idle CS Mobility Management States PMM_DetachedPMM_Detached PMM_ConnectedPMM_ConnectedPMM_IdlePMM_Idle PS Mobility Management States
  • 157.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200545 3.1. Iu Signalling Connections - General The RRC Connection provides signalling facilities between UE and RNC for radio management tasks. Of course the main reason to start signalling is to get services from the core network. In other words the UE also needs signalling transfer capabilities to and from the core network. In UMTS (like in GSM) the UE has no direct link to the CN, thus the UTRAN has to manage signalling connection towards the CN for the UE. These connections are called Iu signalling connections. They are implemented by the SCCP protocol on Iu interface. The RANAP protocol is running in Iu signalling connections. A connected mode UE can have none, one or two Iu signalling connections. At most one Iu signalling connection can be set up for a UE to the MSC server and at most one Iu signalling connection can be established to SGSN for a UE. An idle mode UE cannot have any Iu signalling connection. The reason for the last fact is that it is the serving RNC that has to manage Iu signalling connections. Within the core network entities MSC server and SGSN a mobility management state (PMM = Packet Mobility Management, CMM = Circuit Mobility Management) is maintained for each UE. PMM and CMM states are relatively equal defined. Both consist of three possible states: • P/CMM_DETACHED: A UE in state P/CMM_DETACHED is currently not registered for services in the core network entity. • P/CMM_CONNECTED: In this state the UE is registered for services in the CN entity and an Iu signalling connection for this UE exists in the moment. Thus the CN can immediately start signalling towards UE by sending a message within the appropriate Iu signalling connection. This means that CN triggered paging is not required in this state. • P/CMM_IDLE: In this state the UE is registered for services in the CN entity, but there is currently no Iu signalling connection for this UE. Thus before a signalling procedure can be started with the UE the CN must page the UE. This paging is for the UE the trigger to establish an Iu signalling connection (P/CMM_CONNECTED) state.
  • 158.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200546 3. Iu Signalling Connection Handling 3.2. Establishment and Signalling Transfer
  • 159.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200547 3.2. Establishment and Signalling Transfer UE RNC CELL_DCH CELL_FACH AMD Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RLC/RRC CN domain ID, intra domain NAS node selector, establishment cause, NAS message, START, measured results on RACH Iu Signalling Connection Establishment SGSN MSC Server Initial UE MessageRANAP STATUS[DCCH] RLC/-- acknowledgement CN domain ID, NAS message, LAI, RAC, …
  • 160.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200548 3.2. Establishment and Signalling Transfer UE RNC CELL_DCH CELL_FACH AMD Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RLC/RRC CN domain ID, NAS message, measured results on RACH Uplink NAS Signalling Transfer SGSN MSC Server Direct TransferRANAP CN domain ID, NAS message, LAI, RAC UE RNC CELL_DCH CELL_FACH AMD Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RLC/RRC CN domain ID, NAS message Downlink NAS Signalling Transfer SGSN MSC Server Direct TransferRANAP CN domain ID, NAS message, SAPI
  • 161.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200549 3.2. Establishment and Signalling Transfer The establishment of Iu signalling connection is triggered by the UE via the INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message. This message indicates which core network domain the connection shall be set up to and a message for this core network is contained. On the Iu interface the serving RNC issues the RANAP message INITIAL UE MESSAGE is sent to the indicated core network domain. Once the Iu signalling connection exists, the UE and the core network can freely exchange NAS signalling with each other. The serving RNC acts as relay point for the NAS signalling messages. In case of uplink NAS signalling the UE packs the NAS message in a UPLINK DIRECT TRANSFER message, the RNC relays the message via RANAP DIRECT TRANSFER to the core network. For downlink NAS messages the CN has to encapsulate the NAS PDU in a RANAP DIRECT TRANSFER message. The RNC translates this into the DOWNLINK DIRECT TRANSFER message. The ‚SAPI‘ parameter in the DIRECT TRANSFER message gives the priority of the NAS message.
  • 162.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200550 3. Iu Signalling Connection Handling 3.3. Iu Signalling Connection Release
  • 163.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200551 3.3. Iu Signalling Connection Release UE RNC SGSN MSC Server Iu Release CommandRANAP release cause RRC Connection Release Procedure IF (last Iu signalling connection to be released) ELSE IF (no radio bearer for releasing CN allocated) Iu Release CompleteRANAP … AMD Signalling Connection Release[DCCH] RLC/RRC CN domain ID ELSE IF (radio bearer for releasing CN allocated) AMD Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RLC/RRC …, signalling connection release indication = CN domain ID, … AMD Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC …
  • 164.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200552 3.3. Iu Signalling Connection Release UE RNC SGSN MSC Server Iu Release CommandRANAP release cause = UTRAN generated reason Iu Release CompleteRANAP Handling like in normal Iu signalling connection release case AMD Signalling Conn. Release Indic.[DCCH] RLC/RRC CN domain ID Iu Release RequestRANAP
  • 165.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200553 3.3. Iu Signalling Connection Release The release of Iu signalling connections is managed by the core network via the RANAP Iu Release procedure. The core network releases an Iu signalling connection via RANAP message IU RELEASE COMMAND. The serving RNC will respond with IU RELEASE COMPLETE. Depending on the current UE configuration there are three basic procedures possible on the radio interface: • RRC Connection Release procedure is triggered (UE is sent to IDLE state), • UE is informed about Iu signalling connection release via SIGNALLING CONNECTION RELEASE procedure, • radio bearers are released via RADIO BEARER RELEASE procedure. Of course none of these procedures is triggered when the UE is no longer in this RNC area. In some situations the RNC can request the release of the Iu signalling connection from the CN via the RANAP procedure IU RELEASE REQUEST. The reason for this message might be an RNC internal trigger or the UE has requested the release by SIGNALLING CONNECTION RELEASE MESSAGE.
  • 166.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200554 4. Security Mode Control
  • 167.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200555 4. Security Mode Control 4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection
  • 168.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200556 RRC HFN (28 bit) 4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection Integrity Protection f9 (UIA)f9 (UIA) IK COUNT-I DIRECTION FRESH RRC Message MAC-I f9 (UIA)f9 (UIA) IK COUNT-I DIRECTION FRESH RRC Message MAC-I XMAC-I Transmitter Receiver COUNT-I RRC HFN (28 bit) RRC SN (4)
  • 169.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200557 4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection DCCH RRC messages can be protected against change of information or message injection by an integrity protection mechanism. Therefore an algorithm f9 (UIA: UMTS Integrity Algorithm) must be available in UE and RNC. For each DCCH RRC message this algorithm calculates a message authentication code (MAC-I: Message Authentication Code – Integrity). This MAC-I is included in the message itself. At the receiver side the MAC-I is calculated again and cross-checked with the transmitted one. The algorithm UIA (f9) takes several additional values as input: • IK (Integrity Key): A UE specific key that is derived from authentication (automatic key agreement). • DIRECTION: Discriminates between uplink and downlink direction. • FRESH: An offset value that is allocated for uplink by UE and for downlink by RNC. The UL/DL-FRESH values are exchanged at set up of signalling radio bearers (RRC CONNECTION SETUP and RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE). • COUNT-I: This value is increased with every message that is transmitted. For initialisation of COUNT-I a START value is negotiated at radio bearer set up time.
  • 170.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200558 4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection RRC HFN (28 bit) Ciphering f8 (UEA)f8 (UEA) BEARER COUNT-C DIRECTION LENGTH Plaintext Block f8 (UIA)f8 (UIA) Transmitter Receiver COUNT-C for RLC TM on DCH MAC-d HFN (24 bit) CFN (4 bit) CK BEARER COUNT-C DIRECTION LENGTH CK Keystream Block XOR Ciphertext Block Keystream Block XOR Plaintext Block RRC HFN (28 bit)COUNT-C for RLC UM RLC HFN (25 bit) RLC SN (7 bit) COUNT-C for RLC AM RLC HFN (20 bit) RLC SN (12 bit)
  • 171.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200559 4.1. Ciphering and Integrity Protection Like in GSM also UMTS allows an encryption with a classical stream cipher algorithm. The algorithm for production of the stream cipher sequence is called UEA (UMTS Encryption Algorithm) or f8. This algorithm uses several values as input: • CK (Cipher Key): A UE specific key that is coming from authentication (automatic key agreement). • BEARER: The radio bearer identity. • DIRECTION: Distinguishes between uplink and downlink direction. • LENGTH: Length of the cipher sequence to be produced. • COUNT-C: Strictly increasing value for each radio frame (RLC transparent mode) or RLC frame (RLC unacknowledged or acknowledged mode). COUNT-C is initialised with the START values that are exchanged at radio bearer set up time.
  • 172.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200560 4. Security Mode Control 4.2. Security Mode Activation
  • 173.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200561 4.2. Security Mode Activation UE RNC SGSN MSC Server Security Mode CommandRANAP integrity protection info, ciphering info, … Security Mode CompleteRANAP AMD Security Mode Command.[DCCH] RLC/RRC CN domain ID, security capability, inter-RAT security capability, ciphering mode info = {start/modify, selected UEA-no., RB activation time, DPCH activation time} integrity mode info = {start/modify, selected UIA-no., DL-FRESH, …} STATUS[DCCH] RLC/-- acknowledgement AMD Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC integrity check info = {MAC-I, RRC SN for RB2}, uplink integrity protection activation info ={RRC SN for RB1-RB4}, RB ciphering activation time info = {RB-ID, RLC SN} STATUS[DCCH] RLC/-- acknowledgement …
  • 174.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200562 4.2. Security Mode Activation |TS 25.331 DCCH-DL (2002-09) (RRC_DCCH_DL) securityModeCommand (= securityModeCommand) | | |1 integrityCheckInfo | |**b32*** |1.1 messageAuthenticationCode |'10110100100001111011101010000100'B | |-0001--- |1.2 rrc-MessageSequenceNumber |1 | | |2 message | | |2.1 securityModeCommand | | |2.1.1 r3 | | |2.1.1.1 securityModeCommand-r3 | |***b2*** |2.1.1.1.1 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |0 | | |2.1.1.1.2 securityCapability | |**b16*** |2.1.1.1.2.1 cipheringAlgorithmCap |uea1 | | | |uea0 | |**b16*** |2.1.1.1.2.2 integrityProtectionAlgorithmCap |uia1 | | |2.1.1.1.3 integrityProtectionModeInfo | | |2.1.1.1.3.1 integrityProtectionModeCommand | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1 startIntegrityProtection | |**b32*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1 integrityProtInitNumber |'01000000110110110000111010010001'B | | |2.1.1.1.3.2 integrityProtectionAlgorithm |uia1 | |---0---- |2.1.1.1.4 cn-DomainIdentity |cs-domain | |TS 25.331 DCCH-UL (2002-09) (RRC_DCCH_UL) securityModeComplete (= securityModeComplete) | | |1 integrityCheckInfo | |**b32*** |1.1 messageAuthenticationCode |'11101010011001010000010001001011'B | |-0001--- |1.2 rrc-MessageSequenceNumber |1 | | |2 message | | |2.1 securityModeComplete | |-----00- |2.1.1 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |0 | | |2.1.2 ul-IntegProtActivationInfo | | |2.1.2.1 rrc-MessageSequenceNumberList | |0000---- |2.1.2.1.1 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 | |----0000 |2.1.2.1.2 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 | |0000---- |2.1.2.1.3 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 | |----0000 |2.1.2.1.4 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 | |0000---- |2.1.2.1.5 rRC-MessageSequenceNumber |0 |
  • 175.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200563 4.2. Security Mode Activation Security functions are activated by the core network via the RANAP procedure Security Mode Control. This procedure is triggered with the message SECURITY MODE COMMAND. In this message the CN provides IK and CK to the RNC as well as a list of permitted UIA and UEA. The serving RNC has to select an UIA and an UEA that is supported by UE and RNC and is permitted by the CN. Then the security functions are activated by the RRC message SECURITY MODE COMMAND. In it one can find the selected algorithms. When the UE is able to activate the requested algorithms it returns SECURITY MODE COMPLETE. The same message but from RANAP protocol is also returned to the core network.
  • 176.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200564 5. Paging
  • 177.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200565 5. Paging 5.1. UTRAN Paging Types
  • 178.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200566 5.1. UTRAN Paging Types CN originatedCN originated UTRAN originatedUTRAN originated UTRAN Paging Paging Originator Request for Iu signalling connection Request for UE to enter CELL_FACH and perform Cell Update procedure Paging Type 1Paging Type 1 Paging Type 2Paging Type 2 Paging Type PCCH on PCH; may be used to page up to 8 UE DCCH on DCH or FACH
  • 179.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200567 5.1. UTRAN Paging Types Paging in UMTS can come from two different types of source – the paging originator: • CN originated paging: The CN triggers paging whenever a downlink signalling message shall be sent, but currently there is no Iu signalling connection for this UE at the CN domain of interest available (P/CMM_DETACHED state). Thus CN originated paging is a request for an Iu signalling connection. • UTRAN originated paging: The serving RNC has to trigger a paging whenever the UE is in state CELL_PCH or URA_PCH and a downlink message shall be sent to the UE. This paging shall force the UE to enter state CELL_FACH and perform a Cell Update procedure. A problem for UTRAN is the question on which channel to send the paging message. The RRC protocol provides two options: • Paging Type 1: The RRC message PAGING TYPE 1 is always sent on the PCH. Thus it can be used for UE in state Idle, CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. The PAGING TYPE 1 message can be used to page up to 8 UE in one single message. Furthermore the PAGING TYPE 1 message can also be used to indicate change of BCCH (BCCH Modification) or to release a UE from state CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to idle. • Paging Type 2: The message PAGING TYPE 2 is sent on either DCH or FACH. Thus it is the choice for UE in state CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH. Note that PAGING TYPE 2 is a dedicated control channel (DCCH) message, thus only one UE can be paged with such a message.
  • 180.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200568 5. Paging 5.2. CN originated paging
  • 181.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200569 5.2. CN originated paging UE RNC SGSN MSC Server PagingRANAP CN domain ID, UE identifier, paging area, paging cause Initial UE MessageRANAP TMD/AMD Paging Type 1|2[P/DCCH] RLC/RRC Type 1: Paging Record ={…, CN UE ID or U-RNTI + CN domain ID} Type 2: CN domain ID TMD RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RLC/RRC UMD RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RLC/RRC AMD RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC IF (UE idle) AMD Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RLC/RRC . . . STATUS[DCCH] RLC/-- CN domain ID, …, NAS-Message = RR:Paging Response|GMM:Service Request NAS-Message
  • 182.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200570 5.2. CN originated paging |TS 25.331 PCCH (2002-03) (RRC_PCCH) pagingType1 (= pagingType1) | | |pCCH-Message | | |1 message | | |1.1 pagingType1 | | |1.1.1 pagingRecordList | | |1.1.1.1 pagingRecord | | |1.1.1.1.1 cn-Identity | |110----- |1.1.1.1.1.1 pagingCause |terminatingCauseUnknown | |---0---- |1.1.1.1.1.2 cn-DomainIdentity |cs-domain | | |1.1.1.1.1.3 cn-pagedUE-Identity | |**b32*** |1.1.1.1.1.3.1 tmsi-GSM-MAP |'10110110000000000000000000100001'B | |TS 25.331 PCCH (2002-03) (RRC_PCCH) pagingType1 (= pagingType1) | | |pCCH-Message | | |1 message | | |1.1 pagingType1 | | |1.1.1 bcch-ModificationInfo | |-----010 |1.1.1.1 mib-ValueTag |3 | |***b9*** |1.1.1.2 bcch-ModificationTime |237 | CN Triggered Paging BCCH Modification Indication
  • 183.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200571 5.2. CN originated paging CN originated paging is obviously triggered by the core network. MSC server or SGSN send the RANAP message PAGING to the RNC (or to several RNC). Inside the message the UE is identified (IMSI, TMSI/PTMSI) and the paging area (LAI/RAI) is indicated. The RNC determines the state of the UE by checking the IMSI. Then either PAGING TYPE 1 or PAGING TYPE 2 is sent on an appropriate downlink signalling transport channel. If the UE is in idle state, then it first of all performs a RRC connection setup procedure. If the UE is already in connected mode, it can skip this part. Then the UE has to trigger the Iu signalling connection to the requesting core network using the INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message.
  • 184.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200572 5. Paging 5.3. UTRAN originated paging
  • 185.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200573 5.3. UTRAN originated paging UE RNC TMD Paging Type 1[PCCH] RLC/RRC Type 1: Paging Record ={…, U-RNTI, RRC connection release indication=No Release|Release Cause} TMD Cell Update[CCCH] RLC/RRC IF (RRC connection release indication = NoRelease) U-RNTI, cell update cause = paging response, … UMD Cell Update Confirm[CCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, RRC state indicator, RB info, TrCH info, PhCH info, … CELL_PCH URA_PCH OR UMD RRC Connection Release[CCCH] RLC/RRC U-RNTI, new U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, RRC state indicator, RB info, TrCH info, PhCH info, … IF (RRC connection release indication = ReleaseCause UE enters UTRA IDLE mode
  • 186.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200574 5.3. UTRAN originated paging In case the paging is originated by the serving RNC there is no ‚CN Domain‘ information element inside the PAGING TYPE 1 message. The UE will enter state CELL_FACH on reception of an UTRAN originated paging. Then the UE will send a CELL UPDATE message on RACH (CCCH). Inside it will identify itself with the u-rnti and the parameter ‚cell update cause‘ is set to „paging response“. The RNC has now two options. Either it sends the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message on FACH to the UE and indicates with this a new state and radio configuration to the UE. Or the RNC sends RRC CONNECTION RELEASE, so that the UE immediately enters idle mode. Since UMTS Release 5 the PAGING TYPE 1 message can contain a release indicator. If this is set to „release“, the UE will not perform the CELL UPDATE, instead it silently enters idle mode without any further interaction with the RNC.
  • 187.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200575 6. Radio Resource Management
  • 188.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200576 6. Radio Resource Management 6.1. Radio Bearer and Radio Access Bearer Setup
  • 189.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200577 6.1 RB and RAB Setup UE RNC SGSN MSC Server RAB Assignment RequestRANAP RAB to setup or Modify, RAB to release RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP UMD/AMD Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RLC/RRC …, RRC state indicator, signalling radio bearer, radio access bearers radio bearers (user data) transport channel to add/delete, physical channel configuration AMD Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC … successful RAB setup, failed RAB setup
  • 190.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200578 6.1 RB and RAB Setup +--------+----------------+--------------------+------------+------------+------------+--------------------------+ |No |Long Time |From |2. Prot |2. MSG |3. Prot |3. MSG | +--------+----------------+--------------------+------------+------------+------------+--------------------------+ |97 |12:01:15,470,365|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |98 |12:01:15,510,323|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |99 |12:01:15,550,476|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |100 |12:01:15,590,240|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |101 |12:01:15,630,489|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |102 |12:01:15,670,155|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |103 |12:01:15,710,405|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |104 |12:01:15,750,364|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |105 |12:01:15,750,364|NB #2 (DCH #1 DL) |RLC reasm. |AM DATA DCH |RRC_DCCH_DL |radioBearerSetup | |106 |12:01:15,967,569|NB #2 (DCH #1 UL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |109 |12:01:17,327,602|NB #2 (DCH #1 UL) |RLC/MAC |FP DATA DCH | | | |110 |12:01:17,327,602|NB #2 (DCH #1 UL) |RLC reasm. |AM DATA DCH |RRC_DCCH_UL |radioBearerSetupComplete |
  • 191.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200579 6.1 RB and RAB Setup The radio bearers for RRC signalling are usually set up via RRC CONNECTION SETUP. Radio bearers for user data (especially DTCH/CTCH, but not exclusively) cannot be created with this operation. The general radio bearer establishment is provided by the RADIO BEARER SETUP procedure implemented by RRC protocol. This operation can be used to create any kind of radio bearer. When radio bearers for applications like calls or PDP context shall be created, then the RADIO BEARER SETUP is part of the radio access bearer establishment triggered by core network. This is done via the RANAP message RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST. This message is used for set up, modification and release of radio access bearers. When a RAB is created or modified, then the serving RNC calculates how many radio bearers with which settings are required and creates these radio bearers with the RADIO BEARER SETUP procedure. In it the UE also gets an indication about the radio access bearers created. When the new radio bearers are allocated by the UE it will respond with RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE, this will in the end effect also trigger the RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message of RANAP back to the core network. This RANAP message contains parameters that indicate success or failure of the procedure.
  • 192.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200580 6. Radio Resource Management 6.2. Radio Bearer and Radio Access Bearer Release
  • 193.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200581 6.2. RB and RAB Release UE RNC SGSN MSC Server RAB Assignment RequestRANAP RAB to setup or Modify, RAB to release RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP UMD/AMD Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RLC/RRC …, RRC state indicator, radio access bearers to reconfigure list transport channel to add/delete, physical channel configuration AMD Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC … successful RAB setup, failed RAB setup Iu Release CommandRANAP Iu Release CompleteRANAP UMD/AMD Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RLC/RRC …, RRC state indicator, signalling connection release indication = ps|cs radio access bearers to reconfigure list transport channel to add/delete, physical channel configuration AMD Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC … RAB released
  • 194.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200582 6.2. RB and RAB Release To release radio bearers the RADIO BEARER RELEASE procedure is provided by RRC protocol. It can be used to release individual radio bearers or complete radio access bearers with all associated radio bearers and the procedure can also trigger RRC state changes. The RNC can in principle release a radio bearer at any time without involution of the core network. If this is really done, depends on the traffic class of the radio access bearer. Because of delay problems when a radio bearer is to be re- established, such a Radio Access Bearer independent Radio Bearer management is not done for conversational or streaming traffic classes. Only background and interactive traffic class radio access bearers allow such a radio bearer management without involution of CN. Of course radio bearers have to be released whenever the radio access bearer of the service is terminated. A radio access bearer can be released in two ways. Either the CN uses again the RANAP procedure RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST with a RAB release indication or the CN releases the Iu signalling connection with IU RELEASE COMMAND. In the latter case all RAB for this UE of to the releasing core network have to be terminated. The RNC can upon one of these two procedures release the associated radio bearers with RADIO BEARER RELEASE, the UE has to respond with RADIO BEARER RELEASE COMPLETE. Of course there is another final way to release all radio bearers. When the UE is sent to idle state by the RRC message RRC CONNECTION RELEASE automatically all radio bearers will be terminated. This option is used after the IU RELEASE COMMAND when no Iu signalling connection is left at the end of the procedure.
  • 195.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200583 6. Radio Resource Management 6.3. Reconfiguration Operations
  • 196.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200584 6.3. Reconfiguration Operations UE RNC UMD/AMD Radio Bearer Reconfiguration[DCCH] RLC/RRC New U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator, RB to reconfigure, transport channels to add/delete/modify, physical channel configuration AMD Radio Bearer Reconfiguration Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC … UMD/AMD Transport Channel Reconfiguration[DCCH] RLC/RRC New U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator, transport channels to add/delete/modify, physical channel configuration AMD Transport Channel Reconfiguration Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC … UMD/AMD Physical Channel Reconfiguration[DCCH] RLC/RRC New U-RNTI, new C-RNTI, new DSCH-RNTI, new H-RNTI, RRC state indicator, physical channel configuration AMD Physical Channel Reconfiguration Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC …
  • 197.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200585 6.3. Reconfiguration Operations Three main operations are provided in the RRC protocol to modify the current radio configuration of a UE. There are • RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION: This allows to modify physical channels (frequency, channelization codes, scrambling codes), transport channels (transport format sets, transport format combination sets, type of transport channels) and radio bearers itself. • TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION: This procedure allows to modify transport channels and physical channels. Radio bearers are not affected by this procedure. • PHYSICAL CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION: This allows to modify physical channels only. Depending on what shall be modified the serving RNC has to select one of these procedures. If only transport format combinations shall be allowed or blocked there is another procedure – the TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION CONTROL operation. This is not really a reconfiguration, because the channels and radio bearers are not modified by it. The reconfiguration operations can be used to implement hard handover procedures on the same frequency or to other frequency (inter-frequency handover). They cannot be used for soft handover (see active set update procedure) or to perform inter-system (inter-RAT) handover (see HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND).
  • 198.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200586 6. Radio Resource Management 6.4. Inter-System Change Operations
  • 199.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200587 6.4. Inter-System Change Operations Handover From UTRAN UE Source RNC AMD Handover From UTRAN Command[DCCH] RLC/RRC RAB to handover list, other RAT system information other system’s handover message, … STATUS[DCCH] RLC/-- SUFI: Acknowledgement other RAT (e.g. GSM BSS) Core Network other system’s handover message other system’s handover completion AMD/UMD UE Capability Enquiry[DCCH] RLC/RRC capability update requirement AMD UE Capability Information[DCCH] RLC/RRC UE radio access capability, other RAT capabilities AMD/UMD UE Capability Information Confirm[DCCH] RLC/RRC …
  • 200.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200588 6.4. Inter-System Change Operations To change from UMTS WCDMA FDD mode to another radio access technology (RAT) there are inter-system (inter-RAT) procedures defined. Before a UE can go to another RAT it might be necessary to retrieve the UE’s capabilities with respect to this RAT. If these RAT capabilities are not available yet at the serving RNC a capability enquiry procedure has to be performed. During this procedure the RNC request the updated capabilities with UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY from the UE, which will respond with a UE CAPABILITY INFO message back to the RNC. This message contains the UE capabilities as requested before by the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY message. The RNC confirms reception of the parameters by sending UE CAPABILITY INFO CONFIRM. When the handover to the other RAT shall be started typically a so called S-RNS Relocation procedure (not shown here) is started. During this relocation the new RAT radio network controller (whatever this might be) sends an appropriate handover command over the core network to the serving RNC. This will take it and pack it into a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND, which is sent to the UE. The UE now changes the radio access system and completes the handover procedure in the new radio subsystem.
  • 201.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200589 6.4. Inter-System Change Operations Handover To UTRAN UE Target RNC AMD Handover To UTRAN Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC … STATUS[DCCH] RLC/-- SUFI: Acknowledgement other RAT (e.g. GSM BSS) Core Network Signalling transfer “Handover To UTRAN Command”Handover To UTRAN CommandRRC new U-RNTI, ciphering algorithm, signalling radio bearer to setup, RAB and radio bearer to setup, transport channels to add, physical channel configuration Signalling transfer “Inter-RAT Handover Info”Inter-RAT Handover InfoRRC UE radio access capabilities, pre-defined configuration status information
  • 202.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200590 6.4. Inter-System Change Operations A handover to UTRAN is of course triggered by the other RAT that is used by the UE in the moment. Before a handover to UTRAN is started usually the new RNC (target RNC) has to get the UE capabilities with respect to WCDMA FDD mode. Therefore the other RAT requests the UE WCDMA capabilities and forwards it over the CN to the target RNC. This is embedded in a S-RNC relocation procedure, but this time the RNC is the destination of the procedure, not the source. When the target RNC has the UE capabilities it will prepare all resources for it and then create a HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND. This command is sent over the core network to the radio controller of the other RAT. From here the message finds its way to the UE. How this is done depends on the other RAT. Now the UE switches to the WCDMA FDD cell and completes the handover with the message HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE.
  • 203.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200591 6.4. Inter-System Change Operations Network Ordered Cell Change To Other RAT UE Source RNC AMD Cell Change Order From UTRAN[DCCH] RLC/RRC target cell description, … STATUS[DCCH] RLC/-- SUFI: Acknowledgement other RAT (e.g. GSM BSS) update procedures corresponding to new system
  • 204.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200592 6.4. Inter-System Change Operations There is a second possibility to change from UTRAN to another radio access technology. This option is especially designed for UMTS (CELL_FACH) to GSM (Packet Transfer Mode). Here we use a network ordered cell change to switch away from UMTS to another RAT. The RNC give the CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN command to the UE. In this message the new cell of the other RAT is indicated. The UE now performs a forced cell reselection to the new cell. All cell reselection criteria for automatic cell reselection are ignored at the UE. The remaining part of the procedure consists possibly of an update procedure in the new RAT. This is out of scope of UTRAN.
  • 205.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200593 6. Radio Resource Management 6.5. Active Set Management (Soft Handover)
  • 206.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200594 6.5. Active Set Management (Soft Handover) UE RNC AMD/UMD Active Set Update[DCCH] RLC/RRC Radio link addition info {primary CPICH info = primary DL scrambling code, cell identity, downlink DPCH info, …} Radio link removal info {primary CPICH info = primary DL scrambling code} AMD Active Set Update Complete[DCCH] RLC/RRC
  • 207.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200595 6.5. Active Set Management (Soft Handover) Soft handover consists of operations to add, delete and replace cells from the so called active set. The procedure that provides this functionality is the ACTIVE SET UPDATE. In an ACTIVE SET UPDATE message the serving RNC indicates the cells that are to be added to the active set and the cells that must be removed from it. Whenever the UE receives such an ACTIVE SET UPDATE it immediately performs the requested operations and returns the ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE message.
  • 208.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200596 7. UE Measurements
  • 209.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200597 7. Measurements 7.1. Measurement Types and Reporting
  • 210.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200598 7.1. Measurement Types and Reporting 1) Intra Frequency Measurements 2) Inter Frequency Measurements 3) Inter RAT Measurements 4) Traffic Volume Measurements 5) Quality Measurements 6) UE Internal Measurements 7) Positioning Measurements RLC/MAC TrCH #N WCDMA physical layer TrCH #0 . . . RRC . . . Periodical Measurements - Filtering - Reporting criteria evaluation RNC Measurement Control | SIB 3/4+11/12RRC Measurement ReportRRC
  • 211.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 200599 7.1. Measurement Types and Reporting UE Measurements in UTRAN are divided into seven categories as shown on the slide. Every measurement in a UE has to be created before it starts. Therefore a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message is provided. Additionally SIB 3/4 and SIB 11/12 can create measurements. Reporting of measurements can be done either periodically or by event trigger. Which reporting mode for a created measurement is to chosen is indicated in the associated MEASUREMENT CONTROL message. When a trigger for a report is fulfilled then the UE sends MEASUREMENT REPORT uplink to the RNC which contains the measured results (filtered by UE) and the indication of the event that triggered the report (only for even triggered reporting).
  • 212.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 2005100 7. Measurements 7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure
  • 213.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 2005101 7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure UE RNC AMD Measurement Control[DCCH] RLC/RRC measurement identity, measurement control command = setup, release, modify, measurement type, measurement reporting mode {RLC mode = AMD|UMD, trigger = periodical|event}, … STATUS[DCCH] RLC/-- AMD/UMD Measurement Report[DCCH] RLC/RRC measurement identity, measurement control command = setup, release, modify, measurement type, measurement reporting mode {RLC mode = AMD|UMD, trigger = periodical|event}, … STATUS[DCCH] RLC/--
  • 214.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 2005102 |TS 25.331 DCCH-DL (2002-03) (RRC_DCCH_DL) measurementControl (= measurementControl) | |dL-DCCH-Message | | |1 integrityCheckInfo | |**b32*** |1.1 messageAuthenticationCode |'11101001001100000100101100101000'B | |-0011--- |1.2 rrc-MessageSequenceNumber |3 | | |2 message | | |2.1 measurementControl | | |2.1.1 r3 | | |2.1.1.1 measurementControl-r3 | |***b2*** |2.1.1.1.1 rrc-TransactionIdentifier |2 | |-1000--- |2.1.1.1.2 measurementIdentity |9 | | |2.1.1.1.3 measurementCommand | | |2.1.1.1.3.1 setup | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1 intraFrequencyMeasurement | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1 intraFreqCellInfoList | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.1 removedIntraFreqCellList | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.1.1 removeAllIntraFreqCells |0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2 newIntraFreqCellList | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1 newIntraFreqCell | |--00000- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.1 intraFreqCellID |0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2 cellInfo | |-000000- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.1 cellIndividualOffset |-20 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1 fdd | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info | |***b9*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.1 primaryScramb.. |3 | |***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.2 primaryCPICH-TX.. |30 | |-1------ |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.3 readSFN-Indicator |1 | |--0----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.4 tx-DiversityInd.. |0 | 7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure Measurement Control 1(4)
  • 215.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 2005103 7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2 newIntraFreqCell | |***b5*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.1 intraFreqCellID |1 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2 cellInfo | |***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.1 cellIndividualOffset |-20 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1 fdd | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info | |***b9*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.1.1 primaryScramb.. |5 | |***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.2 primaryCPICH-TX.. |30 | |---1---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.3 readSFN-Indicator |1 | |----0--- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.2.2.2.1.4 tx-DiversityInd.. |0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3 newIntraFreqCell | |***b5*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.1 intraFreqCellID |2 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2 cellInfo | |***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.1 cellIndividualOffset |-18 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1 fdd | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info | |***b9*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.1.1 primaryScramb.. |1 | |***b6*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.2 primaryCPICH-TX.. |30 | |-----1-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.3 readSFN-Indicator |1 | |------0- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.1.2.3.2.2.1.4 tx-DiversityInd.. |0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2 intraFreqMeasQuantity | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2.1 filterCoefficient |fc0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2.2 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2.2.1 fdd | |-00----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.2.2.1.1 intraFreqMeasQuantity.. |cpich-Ec-N0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3 intraFreqReportingQuantity | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1 activeSetReportingQuantities | |----00-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.1 sfn-SFN-OTD-Type |noReport | |------0- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.2 cellIdentity-reportingI.. |0 | |-------1 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.3 cellSynchronisationInfo.. |1 | Measurement Control 2(4)
  • 216.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 2005104 | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4.1 fdd | |-1------ |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4.1.1 cpich-Ec-N0-reporti.. |1 | |--0----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4.1.2 cpich-RSCP-reportin.. |0 | |---0---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.1.4.1.3 pathloss-reportingI.. |0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2 monitoredSetReportingQuantities | |----00-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.1 sfn-SFN-OTD-Type |noReport | |------0- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.2 cellIdentity-reportingI.. |0 | |-------1 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.3 cellSynchronisationInfo.. |1 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4.1 fdd | |-1------ |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4.1.1 cpich-Ec-N0-reporti.. |1 | |--0----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4.1.2 cpich-RSCP-reportin.. |0 | |---0---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.3.2.4.1.3 pathloss-reportingI.. |0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4 reportCriteria | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1 intraFreqReportingCriteria | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1 eventCriteriaList | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1 intraFreqEventCriteria | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1 event | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1 e1a | |001----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.1 triggeringCondi.. |monitoredSetCellsOnly | |---00011 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.2 reportingRange |3 | |00000--- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.3 w |0 | |-----010 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.4 reportDeactivat.. |t2 | |111----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.5 reportingAmount |ra-Infinity | |---011-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.1.1.6 reportingInterval |ri1 | |***b4*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.2 hysteresis |0 | |--0000-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.3 timeToTrigger |ttt0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.4 reportingCellStatus | |--100--- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.1.4.1 allActiveplusMoni.. |viactCellsPlus5 | 7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure Measurement Control 3(4)
  • 217.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 2005105 | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2 intraFreqEventCriteria | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1 event | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1.1 e1b | |---00--- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1.1.1 triggeringCondi.. |activeSetCellsOnly | |***b5*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1.1.2 reportingRange |3 | |--00000- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.1.1.3 w |0 | |***b4*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.2 hysteresis |0 | |---0000- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.3 timeToTrigger |ttt0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.4 reportingCellStatus | |---010-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.2.4.1 withinActiveSet |e3 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3 intraFreqEventCriteria | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1 event | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1.1 e1c | |---011-- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1.1.1 replacementActi.. |t3 | |***b3*** |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1.1.2 reportingAmount |ra1 | |-000---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.1.1.3 reportingInterval |noPeriodicalreporting | |----0000 |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.2 hysteresis |0 | |0000---- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.3 timeToTrigger |ttt0 | | |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.4 reportingCellStatus | |100----- |2.1.1.1.3.1.1.4.1.1.3.4.1 allActiveplusMoni.. |viactCellsPlus5 | | |2.1.1.1.4 measurementReportingMode | |---0---- |2.1.1.1.4.1 measurementReportTransferMode |acknowledgedModeRLC | |----1--- |2.1.1.1.4.2 periodicalOrEventTrigger |eventTrigger | 7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure Measurement Control 4(4)
  • 218.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 2005106 |TS 25.331 DCCH-UL (2002-03) (RRC_DCCH_UL) measurementReport (= measurementReport) | |uL-DCCH-Message | | |1 integrityCheckInfo | |**b32*** |1.1 messageAuthenticationCode |'11111000011011110101100100001111'B| |-0100--- |1.2 rrc-MessageSequenceNumber |4 | | |2 message | | |2.1 measurementReport | |***b4*** |2.1.1 measurementIdentity |14 | | |2.1.2 measuredResults | | |2.1.2.1 intraFreqMeasuredResultsList | | |2.1.2.1.1 cellMeasuredResults | | |2.1.2.1.1.1 cellSynchronisationInfo | | |2.1.2.1.1.1.1 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1 fdd | | |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1.1 countC-SFN-Frame-difference | |0000---- |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.1 countC-SFN-High |0 | |***b8*** |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1.1.2 off |6 | |**b16*** |2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1.2 tm |16896 | | |2.1.2.1.1.2 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.2.1.1.2.1 fdd | | |2.1.2.1.1.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info | |***b9*** |2.1.2.1.1.2.1.1.1 primaryScramblingCode |3 | |-100101- |2.1.2.1.1.2.1.2 cpich-Ec-N0 |37 | 7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure Measurement Report 1(2)
  • 219.
    Alexander SeifarthCONFIDENTIAL -DRAFTJune 1, 2005107 7.2. Measurement Control and Report Procedure | |2.1.2.1.2 cellMeasuredResults | | |2.1.2.1.2.1 cellSynchronisationInfo | | |2.1.2.1.2.1.1 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1 fdd | | |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1.1 countC-SFN-Frame-difference | |----0000 |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1.1.1 countC-SFN-High |0 | |00000110 |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1.1.2 off |6 | |***B2*** |2.1.2.1.2.1.1.1.2 tm |17372 | | |2.1.2.1.2.2 modeSpecificInfo | | |2.1.2.1.2.2.1 fdd | | |2.1.2.1.2.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info | |***b9*** |2.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.1 primaryScramblingCode |1 | |***b6*** |2.1.2.1.2.2.1.2 cpich-Ec-N0 |15 | | |2.1.3 eventResults | | |2.1.3.1 intraFreqEventResults | |***b4*** |2.1.3.1.1 eventID |e1a | | |2.1.3.1.2 cellMeasurementEventResults | | |2.1.3.1.2.1 fdd | | |2.1.3.1.2.1.1 primaryCPICH-Info | |***b9*** |2.1.3.1.2.1.1.1 primaryScramblingCode |3 | Measurement Report 2(2)
  • 220.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT1 Module 04 Complete Sequences – Use Cases (Layer 3 signalling) Version 0.0.1 (02/05/2005) Author: Alexander Seifarth (a.seifarth@techcom.de)
  • 221.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT2 1. CS Mobility Management
  • 222.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT3 1. CS Mobility Management 1.1. Location Area Update • UE is UTRA idle; • UE is PS detached; • performs cell reselection • no services follow after update
  • 223.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT4 1.1. Location Area Update (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = registration MSC Server Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = cs, LAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = Location Updating Request cell reselection New LAI ? false true RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Location Updating Request CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
  • 224.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT5 1.1. Location Area Update (2) UE RNC MSC Server Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication Req. Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Request Direct TransferRANAP LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication Resp. Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Response Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Location Updating Accept Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Location Updating Accept Direct TransferRANAP LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = TMSI Realloc. Compl. Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: TMSI Reallocation Compl.
  • 225.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT6 1.1. Location Area Update (3) UE RNC MSC Server Iu Release CommandRANAP cause = normal event RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC cause = normal event, N308 (only for CELL_DCH) Iu Release CompleteRANAP RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC UTRA_Idle
  • 226.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT7 1. CS Mobility Management 1.2. IMSI Detach (UE Power Off) • UE is UTRA idle; • UE is PS detached; • user switches UE off
  • 227.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT8 1.2. IMSI Detach (UE Power Off) (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = detach MSC Server Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = cs, LAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = IMSI Detach Indication Power Off (User) ATT=true false true RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: IMSI Detach Indication CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH Power Off SIB 1[BCCH] RRC …, ATT, …
  • 228.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT9 1.2. IMSI Detach (UE Power Off) (2) UE RNC MSC Server Connection RefusedSCCP RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC Cause = normal event | unspecified, N308 (only CELL_DCH) RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC Power Off UTRA_Idle
  • 229.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT10 2. CS Call Services
  • 230.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT11 2. CS Call Services 2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC) • UE is UTRA idle; • no PS services running, no other CS services except the MOC • no handovers during call • call release by remote party
  • 231.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT12 2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC) (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = originating conversational call MSC Server Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = cs, LAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = CM Service Request call request (User) RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: CM Service Request CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH
  • 232.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT13 2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC) (2) UE RNC MSC Server Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication Req. Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Request Direct TransferRANAP LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication Resp. Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Response Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Call Proceeding Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Call Proceeding Direct TransferRANAP LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Setup Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Setup
  • 233.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT14 2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC) (3) UE RNC MSC Server RAB Assignment RequestRANAP RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC RRC state = CELL_DCH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup, signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP successful setup Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC Direct TransferRANAPDownlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC Direct TransferRANAP LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Connect Ackn. Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Connect Ackn. SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Alerting CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Alerting Direct TransferRANAPDownlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Connect CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Connect call active CELL_DCH
  • 234.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT15 2.1. Mobile Originating Call (MOC) (4) UE RNC MSC Server Iu Release CommandRANAP cause = normal event RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC cause = normal event Iu Release CompleteRANAP released RABRRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC Direct TransferRANAPDownlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC Direct TransferRANAP LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Release Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Release SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Disconnect CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Disconnect Direct TransferRANAPDownlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Release Complete CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Release Complete UTRA_Idle
  • 235.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT16 2. CS Call Services 2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC) • UE is UTRA idle; • no other services running; • call release by local party
  • 236.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT17 2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC) (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = terminating conversational call|terminating cause unknown MSC Server Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = cs, LAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = Paging Response RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Paging Response CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH Paging Type 1[PCCH] RRC UE-ID = TMSI|IMSI, cause = terminating conversation call|terminating cause unknown PagingRANAP CN domain = cs, LAI, IMSI, TMSI, cause
  • 237.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT18 2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC) (2) UE RNC MSC Server Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication Req. Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Request Direct TransferRANAP LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication Resp. Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = MM-message: Authentication Response Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … Direct TransferRANAP LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Call Confirmed Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Call Confirmed Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Setup Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Setup
  • 238.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT19 2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC) (3) UE RNC MSC Server RAB Assignment RequestRANAP RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC RRC state = CELL_DCH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup, signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP successful setup Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC Direct TransferRANAP Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Connect Ackn. Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Connect Ackn. LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Alerting CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Alerting Direct TransferRANAP Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Connect CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Connect call active CELL_DCH
  • 239.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT20 2.2. Mobile Terminating Call (MTC) (4) UE RNC MSC Server Iu Release CommandRANAP cause = normal event RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC cause = normal event Iu Release CompleteRANAP released RABRRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC Direct TransferRANAP Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Release Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Release LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Disconnect CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Disconnect Direct TransferRANAP Uplink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC LAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Release Complete CN domain = cs, NAS-PDU = CC-message: Release Complete UTRA_Idle
  • 240.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT21 3. PS Mobility Management
  • 241.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT22 3. PS Mobility Management 3.1. PS (GPRS) Attach • UE is UTRA idle; • UE is PS detached; • no CS services running
  • 242.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT23 3.1. PS (GPRS) Attach (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = registration Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = Attach Request GPRS activation (User) RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Attach Request CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH SGSN
  • 243.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT24 3.1. PS (GPRS) Attach (2) UE RNC Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Request Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Response CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response Uplink Direct Transfer Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Attach Accept Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Attach Accept SGSN
  • 244.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT25 3.1. PS (GPRS) Attach (3) UE RNC Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Attach Complete CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Attach Complete Uplink Direct Transfer Iu Release CommandRANAP cause = normal event RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC cause = normal event Iu Release CompleteRANAP RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC UTRA_Idle SGSN
  • 245.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT26 3. PS Mobility Management 3.2. Routing Area Update (IDLE mode update) • UE is UTRA idle; • UE is PS attached; • performs cell reselection
  • 246.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT27 3.2. Routing Area Update (IDLE) (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|PTMSI+RAI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = registration Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update Request cell reselection New RAI ? false true RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update Request CELL_FACH|CELL_DCH SGSN
  • 247.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT28 3.2. Routing Area Update (IDLE) (2) UE RNC Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Request Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Response CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response Uplink Direct Transfer Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update Accept Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update Accept SGSN
  • 248.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT29 3.2. Routing Area Update (IDLE) (3) UE RNC Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update Complete CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update Complete Uplink Direct Transfer Iu Release Command RANAP cause = normal event RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC cause = normal event Iu Release CompleteRANAP RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC UTRA_Idle SGSN
  • 249.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT30 3. PS Mobility Management 3.3. Routing Area Update (Connected mode update) • UE is UTRA connected for CS services; • UE is PS attached without Iu signalling connection, (PMM_IDLE); • UE performs cell reselection
  • 250.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT31 3.3. Routing Area Update (Connected) (1) UE RNC UTRA_Connected Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update Request UTRAN Mobility Information[DCCH] RRC …, new RAI, … UTRAN Mobility Information Confirm[DCCH] RRC … Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update Request CELL_FACH|CELL_DCH SGSN Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Request Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Response CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response Uplink Direct Transfer
  • 251.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT32 3.3. Routing Area Update (Connected) (2) UE RNC Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update Accept Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update Accept SGSN Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Routing Area Update Complete CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Routing Area Update Complete Uplink Direct Transfer UTRA_Connected
  • 252.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT33 3. PS Mobility Management 3.4. PS (GPRS) Detach (no UE power off) • UE is UTRA Idle • UE is PMM_Idle • GPRS is to be deactivated by user
  • 253.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT34 3.4. PS (GPRS) Detach (no UE power off) (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = detach Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = Detach Request GPRS deactivation (User) RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Detach Request CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH SGSN
  • 254.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT35 3.4. PS (GPRS) Detach (no UE power off) (2) UE RNC Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Request Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Response CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response Uplink Direct Transfer Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Detach Accept Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Detach Accept SGSN
  • 255.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT36 3.4. PS (GPRS) Detach (no UE power off) (3) UE RNC Iu Release CommandRANAP cause = normal event RRC Connection Release[DCCH] RRC cause = normal event Iu Release CompleteRANAP RRC Connection Release Complete[DCCH] RRC UTRA_Idle SGSN
  • 256.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT37 4. PDP Context Management
  • 257.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT38 4. PDP Context Management 4.1. PDP Context Activation • UE is UTRA idle, • UE is PMM_Idle (already registered for GPRS) • user or application activate PDP context
  • 258.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT39 4.1. PDP Context Activation (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = originating <xxx> call Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = Service Request PDP Context request (User) RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Service Request (service type = signalling) CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH SGSN
  • 259.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT40 4.1. PDP Context Activation (2) UE RNC Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Request Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Request Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Authentication And Ciphering Response CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Authentication And Ciphering Response Uplink Direct Transfer Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … SGSN Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Activate PDP Context Request CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = SM-message: Activate PDP Context Request Uplink Direct Transfer
  • 260.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT41 4.1. PDP Context Activation (3) UE RNC RAB Assignment RequestRANAP RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup, signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP successful setup Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC SGSN CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Activate PDP Context Accept Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = SM-message: Activate PDP Context Accept Packet PDU Transmission
  • 261.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT42 4. PDP Context Management 4.2. Service Data for uplink traffic • UE is UTRA idle and PMM_Idle, • PDP context is active • uplink packet data shall be sent
  • 262.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT43 4.2. Service Data for uplink traffic (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = high priority signalling Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = Service Request uplink PDP PDU RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Service Request (service type = data) CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH SGSN
  • 263.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT44 4.2. Service Data for uplink traffic (2) UE RNC Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … SGSN RAB Assignment RequestRANAP RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup, signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP successful setup Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH Packet PDU Transmission
  • 264.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT45 4. PDP Context Management 4.3. Service Data for downlink traffic • UE is UTRA idle and PMM_Idle, • PDP context is active • downlink packet data shall be sent
  • 265.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT46 4.3. Service Data for downlink traffic (1) UE RNC UTRA_Idle RRC Connection Request[CCCH] RRC Initial UE ID = IMSI|TMSI+LAI, Est.Cause = terminating cause unkn. Initial UE MessageRANAP CN domain = ps, RAI, SAI, RNC-ID, NAS-PDU = Service Request RRC Connection Setup[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, C-RNTI, signalling radio bearer RB1..RB4, TrCH configuration, PhCH configuration, radio access capability update requirement RRC Connection Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC UE radio access capabilities Initial Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = GMM-message: Service Request (service type = paging response) CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH SGSN Paging Type 1[PCCH] RRC UE-ID = TMSI|IMSI, cause = terminating cause unknown PagingRANAP CN domain = ps, RAI, IMSI, PTMSI, cause
  • 266.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT47 4.3. Service Data for downlink traffic (2) UE RNC Security Mode CommandRANAP permitted UIA, IK, permitted UEA, CK, … Security Mode Command[DCCH] RRC selected UIA, selected UEA, ciphering activation time, … Security Mode CommandRANAP selected UIA, selected UEA Security Mode Complete[DCCH] RRC … SGSN RAB Assignment RequestRANAP RABSetupOrModifyItem RAB Parameter Radio Bearer Setup[DCCH] RRC RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACH, RAB to setup radio bearer to setup, signalling radio bearer, transport channels to add, physical channel RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP successful setup Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH Packet PDU Transmission
  • 267.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT48 4. PDP Context Management 4.4. PDP Context Deactivation by UE • UE is UTRA connected and PMM_Connected, • PDP context is active and will be deactivated, • ohter PS services are still active
  • 268.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT49 4.4. PDP Context Deactivation (1) UE RNC UTRA_Connected SGSN PMM_Connected Direct TransferRANAP SAPI=0, NAS-PDU = Deact.PDP Context Accept Downlink Direct Transfer[DCCH] RRC CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = SM-message: Deactivate PDP Context Accept Direct TransferRANAP [DCCH] RRC RAI, SAI, NAS-PDU = Deact. PDP Context Request CN domain = ps, NAS-PDU = SM-message: Deactivate PDP Context Request Uplink Direct Transfer RAB Assignment RequestRANAP RABReleaseItem RAB ID Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RRC RRC state = XXX, RAB to reconfigure, RB to release, TrCH to reconf. RAB Assignment ResponseRANAP RAB data volume Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RRC UTRA_XXX
  • 269.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT50 5. Radio Management Procedures
  • 270.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT51 5. Radio Management Procedures 5.1. Soft Handover • UE is UTRA connected in state CELL_DCH, • soft handover including cell 1, cell 2, cell 3
  • 271.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT52 5.1. Soft Handover (1 – add radio link) UE RNC CELL_DCH Measurement Report[DCCH] RRC trigger event = 1A for cell 2, measured results Measurement Control[DCCH] RRC intra-frequency cell list for cell 1, reporting criteria events 1A, 1B, 1C cell 1 Active Set Active Set Update[DCCH] RRC cell addition info downlink code information for cell 2 Active Set Update Complete[DCCH] RRC Measurement Control[DCCH] RRC intra-frequency cell list for cell 1/2, reporting criteria events 1A, 1B, 1C CELL_DCH cell 1, cell 2 Active Set
  • 272.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT53 5.1. Soft Handover (2 – replacement) UE RNC Measurement Report[DCCH] RRC trigger event = 1C for cell 3/1, measured results Active Set Update[DCCH] RRC cell addition info downlink code information for cell 3 cell removal info radio link id cell 1 Active Set Update Complete[DCCH] RRC Measurement Control[DCCH] RRC intra-frequency cell list for cell 3/2, removal of cell 1’s neighbour cell list, reporting criteria events 1A, 1B, 1C CELL_DCH cell 3, cell 2 Active Set
  • 273.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT54 5.1. Soft Handover (3 – radio link deletion) UE RNC Measurement Report[DCCH] RRC trigger event = 1B for cell 2, measured results Active Set Update[DCCH] RRC cell removal info radio link id cell 2 Active Set Update Complete[DCCH] RRC Measurement Control[DCCH] RRC removal of cell 2’s neighbour cell list, reporting criteria events 1A, 1B, 1C CELL_DCH cell 3 Active Set
  • 274.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT55 5. Radio Management Procedures 5.2. Packet Radio Bearer Management • UE is UTRA connected and PMM_Connected, • PDP context is active and RAB exists for it
  • 275.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT56 5.2. Packet Radio Bearer Management (1) UE RNC SGSN Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RRC RRC state = CELL_PCH/URA_PCH, radio bearer identitiy to release Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RRC Packet PDU Transmission CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH RB Inactivity Timer CELL_PCH|URA_PCH Expiry of all Inactivity Timers uplink PDP PDU Cell Update[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, cause = uplink data transmission Cell Update Confirm[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACG, radio bearer to set up
  • 276.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT57 5.2. Packet Radio Bearer Management (2) UE RNC SGSN Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH Radio Bearer Release[DCCH] RRC RRC state = CELL_PCH/URA_PCH, radio bearer identitiy to release Radio Bearer Release Complete[DCCH] RRC Packet PDU Transmission RB Inactivity Timer CELL_PCH|URA_PCH Expiry of all Inactivity Timers
  • 277.
    Alexander SeifarthJune 1,2005 CONFIDENTIAL - DRAFT58 5.2. Packet Radio Bearer Management (3) UE RNC SGSN Paging Type 1[PCCH] RRC U-RNTI Packet PDU Transmission Cell Update[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, cause = paging response Cell Update Confirm[CCCH] RRC U-RNTI, RRC state = CELL_DCH/FACG, radio bearer to set up Radio Bearer Setup Complete[DCCH] RRC CELL_DCH|CELL_FACH Packet PDU Transmission Packet PDU Transmission RB Inactivity Timer